UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20172018
 
or
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from _________ to _____________
 
Commission file number: 001-38273 0
 
ACM Research, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
 
Delaware
(State
94-3290283
 (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) 
94-3290283
(I.R.S. (I.R.S. Employee Identification No.)
   
42307 Osgood Road, Suite I
Fremont, California
 94539
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (510) 445-3700
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share Nasdaq Global Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:None.
 
None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data file required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☑ No ☐
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
Large accelerated filer                              ☐Accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated file                                 (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company ☑
 Emerging growth company ☑
 
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrantregistrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☑
 
The registrant was not a public company as of theaggregate market value on June 39, 2018 (the last business day of itsthe registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter and therefore cannot calculatequarter), of the aggregate market value of its voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates as of such date.
the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price of the stock on that date, was $10.78. The registrant does not have non-voting common equity outstanding.
 
AsIndicate the number of March 19, 2018, there were 12,992,768 shares outstanding of Class A Common Stock and 2,409,738 shareseach of Class B Common Stock outstanding.the registrant’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.
ClassNumber of Shares Outstanding
Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value14,176,690 shares outstanding as of March 8, 2019
Class B Common Stock, $0.0001 par value1,898,423 shares outstanding as of March 8, 2019
 
Documents Incorporated By Reference
The registrant intends to file a proxy statement pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017.2018. Portions of such proxy statement are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
 

 
2
 
 
TABLETABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Business 3
Item 1ARisk Factors 6
 14
Item 2Properties  37
Item 3Legal Proceedings 23
 38
45
PART II
Item 545
45
45
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 45
 39
Item 747
 48
 40
Item 872
 73
 63
Item 9AControls and Procedures 107 98
107PART III
Item 10108
 109 99
Executive Compensation 109 99
Related Stockholder Matters 109 99
 109 99
 109
 99
Item 15 109 100
109
Signatures   
112102
 
We conduct our business operations principally through ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc., or ACM Shanghai, a subsidiary of ACM Research, Inc., or ACM Research. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this report to “our company,” “our,” “us,” “we” and similar terms refer to ACM Research, Inc. (including its predecessor prior to its redomestication from California to Delaware in November 2016) and its subsidiaries, including ACM Shanghai, collectively.
 
SAPS, TEBO and ULTRA C are our trademarks. For convenience, these trademarks appear in this report without ™ symbols, but that practice does not mean that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to the trademarks. This report also contains other companies’ trademarks, registered marks and trade names, which are the property of those companies.
 
 
3
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND STATISTICAL DATA
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
 
This Annual Report on Form 10-K, or this report contains statements reflecting our views about our future performance that constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statementsare generally identified through the inclusion of historical facts, included in this report regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by termswords such as “may,“anticipate,“might,“believe,“will,“contemplate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “intend,“outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “could,“strategy,“can,” “would,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “project,” “target,” “design,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “plan”“target” or “will” or variations of such words or similar expressions. All statements addressing our future operating performance, and statements addressing events and developments that we expect or anticipate will occur in the negativefuture, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of these terms,the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are based upon currently available information, operating plans, and similar expressions intended to identify forward-looking statements.
These statements reflect our current views with respect toprojections about future events and are based on our management’s belief and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, these statements relate to future events or our future operational or financial performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Some of the key factors that could cause actual results to differ from our expectations include:
● 
our expectations regarding our expenses and revenue, our ability to maintain and expand gross profit;
● 
the rate and degree of market acceptance of any of our products, particularly in the People’s Republic of China, or the PRC;
● 
the size and growth of the potential markets for our products and our ability to serve those markets;
● 
the progress and costs of developing and commercializing new products;
● 
our expectations regarding competition;
● 
the anticipated trends and challenges in our business and the market in which we operate;
● 
our anticipated growth strategies;
● 
our ability to attract or retain key personnel;
● 
our expectations regarding, and the stability of our, supply chain and manufacturing;
● 
our expectations regarding federal, state and foreign regulatory requirements, including export controls, tax law changes and interpretations, economic sanctions and anti-corruption regulations;
● 
regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;
● 
our ability to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our products; and
● 
our use of proceeds from this offering and the concurrent private placement.
4
Any forward-looking statements made by us in this report speak only as of the date of our filing of this report with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.
trends. This report and the documents that we reference in this report and have filed as exhibits to this report, should be read completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.
Industry and Market Data
This reportalso contains statistical data and estimates including forecasts, that are based on independent industry and government organization publications or other publicly available information, as well as other information based on our internal sources. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any third-party data presented in this prospectus,Forward-looking statements and statistical estimates and in particular forecasts,inherently involve numerous assumptions and are subject to risks and uncertainties as well as change based on various factors, including those discussed under “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. These and other factorsthat could cause actual results to differ materially from those predicted or expressed in the estimates included in this report.
The following list identifies the sources of certain of the third-party forecasts These risks and otheruncertainties include those described below in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements or statistical estimates, included in this report, together with the section or subsection of this report in which that estimate appears. Asspeak only as of the date they are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statistical estimate, whether as a result of our filing of this report with the SEC, each of the following sources was publicly available without charge:new information, future events or otherwise.

PART I
 
● Item 1.      
PricewaterhouseCoopers, China’s impact on the semiconductor industry: 2017 update, September and November 2017 (“Business—Industry Background—Growing Influence of the PRC Across the Semiconductor Industry”);Business
● 
IC Insights, Inc., Semiconductor Unit Shipments Forecast to Exceed 1 Trillion Devices in 2018, January 25, 2018 (“Business—Industry Background”);
● 
Semiconductor Industry Association and Nathan Associates, Beyond Borders: The Global Semiconductor Value Chain: How an Interconnected Industry Promotes Innovation and Growth, May 2016 (“Business—Industry Background—Escalating Need for Advanced Chip Manufacturing Equipment”);
● 
Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International, World Fab Forward Report, December 4, 2017 (“Business—Industry Background—Escalating Need for Advanced Chip Manufacturing Equipment”);
● 
International Trade Administration of the United States Department of Commerce, 2016 Top Markets Report Semiconductors and Semiconductor Manufacturing Equipment Country Case Study, July 1, 2016 (“Business—Industry Background—Growing Influence of the PRC Across the Semiconductor Industry”); and
● 
Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International, World Fab Forecast Report, November 2016 (“Business—Our Solutions—China-based operations”).
5
PART I
Item 1.Business
 
Overview
 
We supply advanced, innovative capital equipment developed for the global semiconductor industry. Fabricators of advanced integrated circuits, or chips, can use our single-wafer wet-cleaning tools in numerous steps to improve product yield, even at increasingly advanced process nodes. We have designed these tools for use in fabricating foundry, logic and memory chips, including dynamic random-access memory (or DRAM) and 3D NAND-flash memory chips. We also develop, manufacture and sell a range of advanced packaging tools to wafer assembly and packaging customers.
Selling prices for our single-wafer wet-cleaning tools range from $2 million to more than $5 million. Revenue from single-wafer wet-cleaning tools totaled $68.5 million, or 92% of total revenue, in 2018 and $27.1 million, or 74% of total revenue, in 2017. Our customers for single-wafer wet-cleaning tools include Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, SK Hynix Inc. and Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd.
We focus our selling efforts on establishing a referenceable base of leading foundry, logic and memory chip makers, whose use of our products can influence decisions by other manufacturers. We believe this customer base will help us penetrate the mature chip manufacturing markets and build credibility with additional industry leaders. Using a “demo-to-sales” process, we have placed evaluation equipment, or “first tools,” with a number of selected customers. Since 2009 we have delivered more than 55 single-wafer wet cleaning equipment,tools, more than 50 of which semiconductor manufacturers can use in numerous manufacturing steps to remove particles, contaminants and other random defects,have been accepted by customers and thereby improve product yield,generated revenue to us and the balance of which are awaiting customer acceptance should contractual conditions be met.
Since our formation in fabricating advanced integrated circuits, or chips.1998, we have focused on building a strategic portfolio of intellectual property to support and protect our key innovations. Our Ultra Cwet-cleaning equipment is designed to remove random defects from a wafer surface effectively, without damaging a wafer or its features, even at an increasingly advanced process node (the minimum line width on a chip) of 22 nanometers, or nm, or less. Our equipment is based onhas been developed using our innovative,key proprietary technologies:
Space Alternated Phase Shift, or SAPS, technology for flat and Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation, or TEBO, technologies. We developed our proprietary technologies to enable manufacturers to produce chips that reach their ultimate physical limitations while maintaining product yield, which is the percentage of chips on apatterned wafer that meet manufacturing specifications.
Since 2007 we have focused our development efforts on developing single-wafer wet cleaning equipment based on differentiated proprietary technology:
● 
Oursurfaces. Introduced in 2009, SAPS technology which we introduced in 2009, employs alternating phases of megasonic waves to deliver megasonic energy to flat and patterned wafer surfaces in a highly uniform manner on a microscopic level. We have shown SAPS technology to be more effective than conventional megasonic and jet spray technologies in removing random defects across an entire wafer as node sizes shrink from 300nm to 45nm, including node sizes, for which jet spray technology has proven to be ineffective.20nm and lower.
OurTimely Energized Bubble Oscillation, or TEBO, technology which we introducedfor patterned wafer surfaces at advanced process nodes. Introduced in March 2016, TEBO technology has been developed to provide effective, damage-free cleaning for both conventional two-dimensional, or 2D, and three-dimensional, or 3D, patterned wafers at advanced process nodes. We have demonstrated the damage-free cleaning capabilities of TEBO technology on 3D patterned wafers for feature nodes as small as 16nm.
As of March 19, 2018, we had been issued more than 140 patents in the United States, the People’s Republic of China or the PRC, Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan.
We seek to market our single-wafer wet processing equipment by first establishing a referenceable base of leading logic and memory chip makers, whose use of our products can influence decisions by other manufacturers. Our SAPS technology employs alternating phases of megasonic waves to deliver megasonic energy to flat and patterned wafer surfaces in a highly uniform manner on a microscopic level. We believe this process is helping us penetrate the mature integrated circuit manufacturing markets and build credibility with industry leaders. Since beginning to place evaluation SAPS equipment with a small number of selected customers in 2009, we have worked on equipment improvements and qualification with those customers, who include a leading Korean memory chip company and four leading PRC memory and logic chip foundries. Using a similar “demo-to-sales” process, we have placed TEBO evaluation equipment with a leading PRC foundry and a leading Taiwanese foundry and we recognized revenue from our initial sale of TEBO equipment in 2016. Our revenue from the selected customers’ purchases of single-wafer wet cleaning equipment totaled $19.3 million, or 53.2% of our revenue, in 2017 and $21.5 million, or 78.4% of our total revenue, in 2016.
In 2006 we established our operational center in Shanghai, and we currently conduct substantially all of our development and manufacturing activities in the PRC. Our Shanghai operations position us near potential customers in not only the PRC but also Taiwan, Korea and throughout Asia, giving us increased access to those customers and reducing shipping and manufacturing costs for equipment they purchase. We continue to perform strategic planning and marketing activities in our corporate headquarters in Fremont, California, and we intend to increase the personnel and functions at our Fremont headquarters as part of our plan to expand our market presence in North America and Europe.
Industry Background
Semiconductors are the foundation of the exponential growth of digital technologies and applications. For more than thirty years, strong demand for personal computers, tablet computers, mobile phones and other digital products has fueled the growth of the semiconductor industry. Today the migration of computing, networking and storage to the cloud and the proliferation of “smart” appliances, buildings, cars and devices—the “Internet of Things”—are driving semiconductor development and manufacturing. IC Insights, Inc. (January 2018) estimates that worldwide semiconductor shipments grew from 103.7 billion units in 1987 to 986.2 billion units in 2017 and will increase at a rate of 9.0% to reach 1.1 trillion units in 2018.
Continuing Demand for Faster, Better, Cheaper Chips
New and enhanced digital applications and products have relied on the development and deployment of progressively faster and more powerful—but ever smaller and less costly—semiconductors known as integrated circuits, or chips. A chip is an array of transistors and other circuit elements built on a wafer of substrate material, typically silicon, with wiring and other interconnects that connect the circuit elements to each other and to outside devices. Chips store and manipulate data in binary form, with the two largest categories of integrated circuits being memory chips, for data storage and retrieval, and logic chips, for computer processing and control.
For a half century the number of transistors that can fit in a given area has roughly doubled every two years, a rate of improvement referred to as “Moore’s Law.” Chip feature sizes have been repeatedly scaled down to pack more transistors in smaller chips. The minimum line width on a chip, known as the node, shrank from 30,000nm in 1963 to 1,000nm in 1989, 90nm in 2003 and 14nm in 2014. A chip today may contain more than thirty billion transistors, with features finer than one ten-thousandth of the diameter of a human hair.
In recent years, however, the rate of chip improvement delivered solely by shrinking feature sizes has slowed. At the 22nm node, transistor and interconnect parameters for conventional chips, in which features are arrayed in 2D structures, begin to approach their critical performance limitations. For example, photolithography, a key chip manufacturing process that projects 193nm laser light through masks to print patterns on a wafer surface, may be unable to create patterning with sufficient resolution and selectivity. Moreover, the feature density and power levels of a 22nm chip may require additional circuit elements, such as special circuitry to correct errors or to track and adapt to performance variations, that occupy chip area and increase cost.
In order to extend Moore’s Law, chip designers and manufacturers are developing and implementing technologies and architectures to transition to advanced chips with 3D structures. Logic chip makers are rapidly adopting use of 3D, fin-shaped Fin Field Effect Transistors, or FinFET, which provide faster switching while consuming less power. For memory chip manufacturers, 3D NAND stacks memory cells to deliver greater capacity at lower cost and 3D cross point, a transistor-less memory cell architecture, is being developed to accelerate processing of massive data sets. EUV lithography is a promising manufacturing technology that could improve patterning capability and increase feature density at nodes of 5nm and beyond by extending photolithography to the extreme ultraviolet wavelength of 13.5nm.
Escalating Need for Advanced Chip Manufacturing Equipment
Manufacturing steps differ for logic and memory chips, but all chips are manufactured in two general processes:
● 
In the front-end fabrication process, hundreds of copies of functional circuitry are created on a 100–to 300–millimeter, or mm, silicon wafer over a period of 6 to 8 weeks. A sequence of a few hundred complex, repetitive steps forms transistors, other circuit elements and interconnects on the wafer through the deposit and selective removal of successive material layers, using photolithography to create a design, deposition to add layers of materials, etching to remove unwanted exposed materials, and chemical mechanical planarization or CMP to smooth the surface for the next cycle of process steps.
● 
In the back-end assembly and testing process, a completed wafer from the front-end process is cut into individual “dies.” Each die is tested against specifications and, if compliant, encapsulated in a package that protects the die and supports critical power and electrical connections. The resulting chip is then subjected to final electrical and reliability tests.
Manufacturing advanced chips at smaller nodes requires a more complex process flow that incorporates enhanced, more expensive capital equipment, or tools, to perform increasingly complex process steps, as well as an increased number of tools to perform a greater number of process steps per wafer. A chip fabrication plant, or fab, may have more than 500 highly specialized tools representing more than 70 categories of equipment, all situated in an environmentally controlled “clean room.” As a result, construction of a new advanced fab can cost between $5 and $10 billion (Semiconductor Industry Association/Nathan Associates, May 2016). Semiconductor Equipment and Materials International or SEMI (December 2017) estimates that worldwide fab tool billings totaled $57.0 billion in 2017 and will reach $63.0 billion by 2017, an increase of 10.5%.
Because of the significant capital expenditures and manufacturing expenses, chip makers focus on improving their yield, which is the percentage of chips on a wafer that conform to specifications. Even with use of precision tools in a controlled manufacturing environment, a substantial number of chips may contain defects and be rejected, directly impacting cost-per-chip and profitability. We estimate that a 1% decrease in yield can reduce annual profits by $30 to $50 million for a fab producing dynamic random-access memory, or DRAM, chips on 100,000 wafers per month—and a 1% yield loss may decrease profits even more for a fab making logic chips, which typically have higher prices. Moreover, lower yield may necessitate greater fab capacity, increasing capital expenditures.
New technologies and architectures introduced in transitioning to more advanced nodes can lead to significant yield loss. We believe chip manufacturers with state-of-the-art, established fabs for process nodes of 22nm or more typically target a yield of 90% or more, but yield can drop to as low as 50% when, for example, a manufacturer migrates to chips incorporating FinFET. To reduce yield loss, a manufacturer transitioning to a more advanced node must implement additional fabrication steps and new process capabilities, which in turn require innovative, reliable front-end tool solutions.
Growing Influence of the PRC Across the Semiconductor Industry
The PRC is both the largest and the fastest-growing market for semiconductors. According to a study by PricewaterhouseCoopers (November 2017), during the ten-year period ending in 2016, the PRC’s semiconductor consumption grew at a CAGR of 12.0% while worldwide consumption increased by only 3.2%, and in 2016 the PRC consumed 58.5% of the world’s semiconductors. The PRC government is implementing focused policies, including state-led investment initiatives, that aim to create and support an independent domestic semiconductor supply chain spanning from design to final system production. The PRC has already made significant progress across the principal semiconductor industry sectors, as shown in the following market information compiled by PricewaterhouseCoopers (September and November 2017):
● 
The chip design, or “fabless,” industry is the fastest growing segment of the PRC’s semiconductor industry, with revenue increasing from $2.3 billion in 2006 to $24.8 billion in 2016, a CAGR of 26.6%.
● 
China’s share of worldwide semiconductor manufacturing capacity expanded from 7.3% in 2006 to 14.2% in 2016, and its semiconductor manufacturing revenue increased at a CAGR of 15.4% over the ten-year period ending in 2016.
● 
China’s semiconductor packaging, assembly and test revenue also grew at a CAGR of 14.2% over the ten-year period ending in 2015.
The PRC’s semiconductor tools industry produced less than 0.5% of the world’s semiconductor manufacturing equipment in 2014 (International Trade Association of U.S. Department of Commerce, July 2016). The PRC’s governmental goals anticipate significant growth in all segments of the domestic semiconductor industry, however, and tool manufacturers with a Chinese presence should experience support from both upstream and downstream Chinese companies in the semiconductor supply chain.
Emerging Criticality of Wafer Cleaning
In the chip fabrication process, random defects such as particles, residual chemicals and other contaminants can lead directly to yield loss by distorting images for pattern formation in a lithographic step, obstructing deposition of a film, blocking an etch or otherwise impairing chip performance. Random defects can originate from substrate material, tools, fab personnel, clean room air and nearly every other aspect of the manufacturing process. Shapes and sizes of random defects vary widely, and with each decrease in process node, the dimension of the smallest random defect that can cause a chip to fail, known as the “killer defect” size, shrinks.
Chip fabrication includes steps designed to eliminate random defects without collapsing patterns, causing loss of materials or otherwise damaging features. The number of these steps has increased dramatically with chip complexity. Cleaning is now the most frequently repeated step in chip fabrication and may be performed in as many as 200 steps for each wafer. A sub-optimal cleaning process has repeated opportunities to reduce yield by being either insufficiently forceful, which leaves random defects behind, or overly aggressive, which damages the chip. Over the past decade, fabricators seeking to improve cleaning performance have switched from batch processes, in which several wafers are processed at the same time, to single-wafer cleaning tools.
There are two basic types of cleaning methods. Wet cleaning uses liquid chemistry by applying combinations of solvents, acids and water to spray, scrub, etch and dissolve random defects. Dry cleaning uses gas phase chemistry, relying on chemical reactions and techniques such as lasers, aerosols and ozonated chemistries. Wet cleaning typically outperforms dry cleaning in achieving wafer surface cleanliness and smoothness, and it is the standard method for single-wafer cleaning, constituting more than 90% of the cleaning steps in the fabrication process. RCA clean, a standardized process using hot alkaline and acidic hydrogen peroxide solutions, has been the industry standard for wet cleaning for a quarter century.
Wet cleaning’s chemistry has not changed appreciably over the past 25 years, but its implementation has shifted from simple immersion to increasingly sophisticated techniques such as jet spraying and megasonic vibration. Jet spray cleaning shoots high-velocity, tens of micron-sized water droplets at a wafer surface to remove random defects. Megasonic cleaning transmits acoustic waves through a fluid bath to produce, in a process known as transient cavitation, bubble oscillation that dislodges random defects. The cavitation can dislodge defects unreachable by jet spray, but the bubbles collapse quickly and can generate energy that damages wafer features.
As jet spray and megasonic cleaning techniques have continued to develop, chip makers have regularly upgraded from simple tanks with on-off switches to complex, specialized, expensive single-wafer cleaning tools.
Inadequacy of Traditional Single-Wafer Cleaning Technologies
At process nodes of 100nm or more, chips consisted of 2D features and architectures, which made wafer cleaning relatively straightforward. Cleaning was most commonly performed in batch processes using an immersion tool with megasonic energy. Megasonic vibrations transmit at relatively high frequencies and therefore create smaller bubbles that remove more-diminutive defects and that generate lower levels of destructive transient energy when they collapse.
As process nodes shrank below 100nm, equipment manufacturers introduced single-wafer megasonic cleaning tools, which processed wafers one by one, rather than in batches. Because these tools did not deliver energy uniformly across the wafer surface, manufacturers found the tools did not clean wafers thoroughly and evenly and, increasingly as process nodes continued to shrink, led to damage to patterned wafer structures. Equipment makers also began to offer single-wafer cleaning tools that used jet spraying rather than acoustic vibrations. The physical energyof jet spraying enabled these tools to be used with less assertive chemicals, which reduced wafer material loss. Once process nodes reach 45nm, however, the force of jet sprayed water droplets can damage finer chip features and jet spraying can fail to eliminate killer defect-sized contaminants due to its reduced lateral fluid speed as the fluid approaches the wafer surfaces.

As process nodes continue to shrink to 22nm and less, finer feature sizes and denser, more complex architectures make the cleaning process even more complicated and challenging:
● 
Random defects are harder to remove as the killer defect size decreases. Smaller random defects are denser and bind to a wafer more strongly than larger contaminants, and additional energy is required to deliver greater levels of necessary force to more minuscule sizes.
● 
New 3D architectures are often more delicate or fragile than 2D conventional structures. FinFET structures, for example, are relatively tall, thin and deep, which makes them more susceptible to damage or destruction by the physical force of jet sprays and megasonic transient cavitation used in the cleaning process.
● 
New chip technologies and architectures amplify cleaning challenges. It is, for example, progressively more difficult to remove random defects from the bottom of a chip structure, such as a via, as the “aspect ratio” of the structure’s depth to its width increases. While conventional 2D structures typically have aspect ratios of 3-to-1 or less, FinFET structures have aspect ratios of 10-to-1 currently and are expected to have aspect ratios in excess of 20-to-1 for future process nodes. Moreover, aspect ratios for 3D NAND, 3D cross point and other 3D structures may reach 60-to-1.
Effective, damage-free cleaning poses a significant challenge for manufacturers seeking to fabricate chips in the advanced process nodes available today or introduced in the future, including the 10nm node announced for 2017 and the 7nm node announced for 2018. In order to extend Moore’s law, chip manufacturers must be able to remove ever smaller random defects from not only flat wafer surfaces but also progressively more intricate, finer-featured 3D chip architectures, in each case without incurring damage or material loss that curtails yield and profits. Because fabrication of chips at 22nm or less requires an increasingly complex, specialized process flow, a next-generation single-wafer cleaning tool solution should be designed to be easily tailored to meet a manufacturer’s unique process requirements. The single-wafer cleaning tools should produce less environmentally harmful chemical waste and should be easily accessible to manufacturers in the burgeoning Chinese market.
Our Solutions
We have developed single-wafer wet cleaning equipment that chip manufacturers can use in numerous steps of the fabrication process in order to avoid yield loss at existing and future process nodes. Using our proprietary technologies, we have designed our wet cleaning equipment to remove random defects from chip wafers with fine feature sizes, complex patterning, dense circuit architectures and high aspect ratios more effectively than traditional jet spray and transient megasonic technologies. Key elements of our solutions include:
Differentiated technologies for advanced chips. Our proprietary single-wafer wet cleaning technologies control the power intensity and distribution of megasonic cleaning in order to remove random defects from a wafer surface effectively, without damaging the wafer or its features, even at process nodes of 22nm or less. We developed these technologies to help semiconductor manufacturers produce chips that reach their ultimate physical limitations.
● 
Flat and patterned wafer surfaces. Our SAPS technology, which we introduced in 2009, employs alternating phases of megasonic waves to deliver megasonic energy to flat and patterned wafer surfaces in a highly uniform manner on a microscopic level. We have shown SAPS technology to be more effective than conventional megasonic and jet spray technologies in removing random defects across an entire wafer as node sizes shrink from 300nm to 45nm, including node sizes less than 50nm in size, for which jet spray technology has proven to be ineffective. Based on their initial mass production experience with SAPS equipment, customers have increased their use of SAPS equipment by adding cleaning steps to the manufacturing processes for advanced chips in order to achieve higher yields and reduce chemical usage.
● 
High-aspect ratio conventional 2D and advanced 3D patterned wafer surfaces. Our TEBO technology, which we introduced in March 2016, has been developed to provide effective, damage-free cleaning for both conventional 2D and 3D patterned wafers at advanced process nodes. TEBO technology provides multi-parameter control of bubble cavitation during megasonic cleaning by using a sequence of rapid pressure changes to force bubbles to oscillate at controlled sizes, shapes and temperatures. Because the bubbles oscillate instead of imploding or collapsing, TEBO technology avoids the pattern damage caused by transient cavitation in traditional megasonic cleaning processes.with fine feature sizes. We have demonstrated the damage-free cleaning capabilities of TEBO technology on patterned wafers for feature nodes as small as 1xnm (16nm to 19nm), and we have shown that TEBO technology can be applied in manufacturing processes for patterned chips with 3D architectures such as FinFET, DRAM, 3D NAND and 3D cross point memory having aspect ratios as high as 60-to-1. We believe TEBO
Tahoe technology can be applied for even smaller process nodes. TEBO tools are currently being evaluatedcost and environmental savings. Introduced in August 2018, Tahoe technology delivers high cleaning performance using significantly less sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide than is typically consumed by a selected group of leading memory and logic chip manufacturers.conventional high-temperature single-wafer cleaning tools.
 
China-based operations. In 2006 we established our operational center in Shanghai, and currently we conduct substantially all of our development and manufacturing activities in the PRC. This strategy positions us near potential customers throughout Asia, giving us increased access to those customers and reducing shipping and manufacturing costs for equipment they purchase. SEMI (November 2016) estimates 78% of new front-end facilities and production lines starting operation from 2017 through 2020 will be constructed in Asia, with 42% expected to be built in the PRC. Our Shanghai location also gives us access to a large pool of highly qualified potential employees.
Extensive intellectual property protection. Since our formation in 1998, weWe have focused on building a strategic portfolio of intellectual property to support and protect our key innovations, including most recently our SAPS and TEBO technologies. As of March 19, 2018, we had been issued more than 140220 patents in the United States, the People’s Republic of China or PRC, Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan.
 
Custom-made wafer assembly packaging solutions. In addition toWe conduct substantially all of our product offerings for single-wafer cleaning in the front-end wafer fabrication process, we leverage our technologydevelopment, manufacturing, support and expertise to provide a wide range of advanced packaging equipment, such as coaters, developers, photoresist strippers, scrubbers, wet etchers and copper-plating tools, to back-end wafer assembly and packaging factories, particularlyservices in the PRC. For these offerings, we focus on providing customized equipment with competitive performance, service and pricing.
Our Strategy
Our objective is to be the leading global provider of a full range of wet cleaning equipment for the manufacture of advanced integrated circuits. To achieve this goal, we are pursuing the following strategies:
Extend technology leadership.We intend to build upon our technology leadershipin wet processing by continuing to develop and refine our differentiated SAPS and TEBO technologies and equipment to address cleaning challenges presented by the manufacture of increasingly advanced chip nodes. Our investment in research and development totaled $5.1 million, or 14.1%All of our revenue,tools are built to order at our manufacturing facilities in 2017 and $3.3 million, or 11.9%Shanghai, which encompass 86,000 square feet of our revenue, in 2016. We will continue to invest in product development and to strengthen our global patent portfolio in strategic jurisdictions.
Establish referenceable customer base. In commercializing our SAPS equipment, we placed evaluation equipment with selected customers, who subsequently purchased additional SAPS equipment to enable them to add more cleaning steps during their manufacturing processes. Using a similar “demo-to-sales” process, we have placed TEBO evaluation equipment with a leading PRC foundry and a leading Taiwanese foundry and we recognized revenue from our initial sale of TEBO equipment in 2016. Based on our market experience, we believe that implementation of our SAPS and TEBO equipment by selected leading memory and logic chip manufacturers will encourage evaluation of our equipment by other manufacturers, who will view the leading companies’ implementation as a validation of our equipment that facilitates a shorter evaluation process.
Leverage local presence to address growing Chinese market. The marketfloor space for semiconductor manufacturing equipment in the PRC is expected to grow markedly in the upcoming years.production capacity. Our experience has shown that chip manufacturers in the PRC and throughout Asia demand equipment meeting their specific technical requirements and prefer building relationships with local suppliers. We established our operations in Shanghai a decade ago, and we will continue to workseek to leverage our local presence to address the growing market for semiconductor manufacturing equipment in the region by working closely with regional chip manufacturers in the PRC and throughout Asia to understand their specific requirements, encourage them to adopt our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies, and enable us to design innovative products and solutions to address their needs.
 
Continue to improve performance through operational excellence. We actively manage our business through principles of operational excellence designed to ensure continuous improvement of our key operational and financial metrics. As we increase the breadth of our product offerings and the size of our operations and customer base, we must continue to develop and implement these principles in order to improve the efficiency and quality of our operations, satisfy our customers’ needs, and meet our financial goals.
 
Pursue strategic acquisitionsOur Technology and relationships.To complement and accelerate our internal growth, we may pursue acquisitions of businesses, technologies, products or business relationships that will expand the functionality of our products, provide access to new markets or customers, or otherwise complement our existing operations. We also may seek to expand our product and service offerings by entering into business relationships involving additional distribution channels, investments in other enterprises and joint ventures, or similar arrangements. In September 2017, we acquired 20% of the outstanding equity of Ninebell, one of our key subassembly providers.

Our Products and TechnologiesProduct Offerings
 
We develop, manufacture and sellSingle Wafer Wet Cleaning Equipment for Front End Production Processes
Chip fabricators can use our single-wafer wet cleaning equipment usable atwet-cleaning tools in numerous steps of the chip manufacturing process flow to improve product yield during the front-end production process, during which individual devices are patterned in the chip prior to being interconnected on the wafer. Based on our review of third-party reports and other information, we estimate that the global market for conventional 2Dsingle wafer wet cleaning tools will increase from $3.1 billion in 2018 to $4.3 billion in 2023, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.8%. We estimate our Ultra-C SAPS, TEBO and advanced 3D patterned chips at small process nodes. Tahoe product offerings address approximately 50% of this market.
Our wet-cleaning equipment has been developed using our proprietary SAPS, TEBO and Tahoe technologies, which we market and sell under the brand name “Ultra C,” is designedallow our tools to remove random defects from a wafer surface effectively, without damaging thea wafer or its features, even at an increasingly advanced process nodes.
After incorporating in 1998, we initially focusednodes (the minimum line widths on developing tools for manufacturing process steps involving the integrationa chip) of ultra-low-K materials and copper. Ultra-low-K materials, which insulate better than silicon, presented opportunities for size scaling and performance improvement, and higher conductivity copper had begun to replace aluminum in forming interconnects. Our early efforts focused in particular on stress-free copper-polishing technology, and we sold tools based on that technology in the early 2000s.
In 2006 we established our operational center in Shanghai. This strategic decision was made to help us establish and build relationships with chip manufacturers in China and throughout Asia, which helps us to understand their requirements and to develop innovative technologies and tools addressing their needs.
In 2007 we began to focus our development efforts on single-wafer wet-cleaning solutions for the front-end fabrication process.22 nanometers, or nm, or less. We have developed innovative, proprietary technologies that reintroduce megasonic technology to the wafer cleaning process. Our approach is based on our understanding of the shortfalls and limitations of previously existing megasonic cleaning technologies that led to ineffective cleaning and damaged chip features. In 2009 we introduced our proprietary Space Alternated Phase Shift, or SAPS, megasonic technology, which can be applied in flat patterned wafer cleaning at numerous steps during the chip fabrication process. By delivering megasonic energy uniformly across a wafer, SAPS technology eliminates the particle removal inefficiencies that characterized traditional megasonic cleaning technologies. In March 2016 we introduced our proprietary Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation, or TEBO, technology, which can be applied at numerous steps during the fabrication of small node conventional 2D and 3D patterned wafers. By providing multi-parameter control of bubble cavitation during megasonic cleaning, TEBO technology avoids the fine-pattern damage caused by previously existing megasonic cleaning processes.
We have designed our equipment models for SAPS and TEBO solutions usinguse a modular configuration that enables us to create a wet-cleaning tool meeting the specific requirements of a customer, while using pre-existing designs for chamber, electrical, chemical delivery and other modules. Our modular approach supports a wide range of customer needs and facilitates the adaptation of our model tools for use with the optimal chemicals selected to meet a customer’s requirements. Our tools are offered principally for use in manufacturing chips from 300mm silicon wafers, but we also offer solutions for 150mm and 200mm wafers and for nonstandard substrates, including compound semiconductor, quartz, sapphire, glass, and glass.plastics.
 
In addition to our SAPS Technology, Applications and TEBO tool offerings, we offer a range of custom-made equipment, such as cleaners, coaters, developers, photoresist strippers, wet etchers and copper-plating tools, to back-end wafer assembly and packaging factories, principally in the PRC.Equipment
 
Space Alternated Phase Shift Cleaning
SAPS Technology
 
SAPS technology delivers megasonic energy uniformly to every point on an entire wafer by alternating phases of megasonic waves in the gap between a megasonic transducer and the wafer. Radicals for removing random defects are generated in dilute solution, and the radical generation is promoted by megasonic energy. Unlike “stationary” megasonic transducers used by conventional megasonic cleaning methods, SAPS technology moves or tilts a transducer while a wafer rotates, enabling megasonic energy to be delivered uniformly across all points on the wafer, even if the wafer is warped. The mechanical force of cavitations generated by megasonic energy enhances the mass transfer rate of dislodged random defects and improves particle removal efficiency.
 
By delivering megasonic energy in a highly uniform manner on a microscopic level, SAPS technology can precisely control the intensity of megasonic energy and can effectively remove random defects of all sizes across the entire wafer in less total cleaning time than conventional megasonic cleaning products, without loss of material or roughing of wafer surfaces. We have conducted trials demonstrating SAPS technology to be more effective than conventional megasonic and jet spray cleaning technologies as defect sizes shrink from 300nm to 45nm.20nm and below. These trials show that SAPsSAPS technology has an even greater relative advantage over conventional jet spray technology whenfor cleaning defects between 50 and 65nm in size, and that SAPs technology continueswe expect the relative benefits of SAPS will continue to be effective for defects of sizes between 45 nm and 50nm, for which jet spray technology has proven to be ineffective.apply in cleaning even smaller defect sizes.
 
SAPS Applications
 
SAPS megasonic cleaning technology can be applied during the chip fabrication process to clean wafer surfaces and interconnects. It also can be used to clean, and lengthen the lifetime of recycled test wafers.
 
Wafer Surfaces. SAPS technology can enhance removal of random defects following planarization and deposition, which are among the most important, and most repeated, steps in the fabrication process:
 
Post CMP: Chemical mechanical planarization, or CMP, uses an abrasive chemical slurry following other fabrication processes, such as deposition and etching, in order to achieve a smooth wafer surface in preparation for subsequent processing steps. SAPS technology can be applied following each CMP process to remove residual random defects deposited or formed during CMP.
Post Hard Mask Deposition: As part of the photolithographical patterning process, a mask is applied with each deposition of a material layer to prevent etching of material intended to be retained. Hard masks have been developed to etch high aspect-ratio features of advanced chips that traditional masks cannot tolerate. SAPS technology can be applied following each deposition step involving hard masks that use nitride, oxide or carbon based materials to achieve higher etch selectivity and resolution.
 

For these purposes, SAPS technology uses environmentally friendlyenvironmentally-friendly dilute chemicals, reducing chemical consumption. Chemical types include dilute solutions of chemicals used in RCA cleaning, such as dilute hydrofluoric acid and RCA SC-1 solutions, and, for higher quality wafer cleaning, functional de-ionized water produced by dissolving hydrogen,, nitrogen or carbon dioxide in water containing a small amount of chemicals, such as ammonia. Functional water removes random defects by generating radicals, and megasonic excitation can be used in conjunction with functional water to further increase the generation of radicals. Functional water has a lower cost and environmental impact than RCA solutions, and using functional water is more efficient in eliminating random defects than using dilute chemicals or de-ionized water alone. We have shown that SAPS megasonic technology using functional water exhibits high efficiency in removing random defects, especially particles smaller than 65nm, with minimal damage to structures.
 
Interconnects and Barrier Metals.Metals. Each successive advanced process node has led to finer feature sizes of interconnects such as contacts, which form electrical pathways between a transistor and the first metal layer, and vias, which form electrical pathways between two metal layers. Advanced nodes have also resulted in higher aspect ratios for interconnect structures, with thinner, redesigned metal barriers being used to prevent diffusion. SAPS technology can improve the removal of residues and other random defects from interconnects during the chip fabrication process:
 
Post Contact/Via Etch: Wet etching processes are commonly used to create patterns of high-density contacts and vias. SAPS technology can be applied after each such etching process to remove random defects that could otherwise lead to electrical shorts.
Pre Barrier Metal Deposition: Copper wiring requires metal diffusion barriers at the top of via holes to prevent electrical leakage. SAPS technology can be applied prior to deposition of barrier metal to remove residual oxidized copper, which otherwise would adhere poorly to the barrier and impair performance.
 
For these applications, SAPS technology uses environmentally friendly dilute chemicals such as dilute hydrofluoric acid, RCA SC-1 solution, ozonated de-ionized water and functional de-ionized water with dissolved hydrogen. These chemical solutions take the place of piranha solution, a high-temperature mixture of sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide used by conventional wet wafer cleaning processes. We have shown that SAPS technology exhibits greater efficiency in removing random defects, and lower levels of material loss, than conventional processes, and our chemical solutions are less expensive and more environmentally conscious than piranha solution.
 
Recycled Test Wafers. In addition to using silicon wafers for chip production, chip manufacturers routinely process wafers through a limited portion of the front-end fabrication steps in order to evaluate the health, performance and reliability of those steps. Manufacturers also use wafers for non-product purposes such as inline monitoring. Wafers used for purposes other than manufacturing revenue products are known as test wafers, and it is typical for twenty to thirty percent of the wafers circulating in a fab to be test wafers. In light of the significant cost of wafers, manufacturers seek to re-use a test wafer for more than one test. As test wafers are recycled, surface roughness and other defects progressively impair the ability of a wafer to complete tests accurately. SAPS technology can be applied to reduce random defect levels of a recycled wafer, enabling the test wafer to be reclaimed for use in additional testing processes. For these purposes, SAPS technology includes improved fan filter units that balances intake and exhaust flows, precise temperature and concentration controls that ensure better handling of concentrated acid processes, and two-chemical recycle capability that reduces chemical consumption.
 
SAPS Equipment
 
We currently offer two models of wet wafer cleaning equipment based on our SAPS technology, Ultra C SAPS II and Ultra C SAPS V. Each of these models is a single-wafer, serial-processing tool that can beconfigured to customer specifications and, in conjunction with appropriate dilute
We currently offer two principal models of wet wafer cleaning equipment based on our SAPS technology, Ultra C SAPS II and Ultra C SAPS V. Each of these models is a single-wafer, serial-processing tool that can be configured to customer specifications and, in conjunction with appropriate dilute chemicals, used to remove random defects from wafer surfaces or interconnects and barrier metals as part of the chip front-end fabrication process or for purposes of recycling test wafers. By combining our megasonic and chemical cleaning technologies, we have designed these tools to remove random defects with greater efficacy and efficiency than conventional wafer cleaning processes, with enhanced process flexibility and reduced quantities of chemicals. Each of our SAPS models was initially built to meet specific requirements of a key customer. We expect theThe sales prices of our SAPS tools generally to range between $2.5 million and $5.0 million, although the sales price of a particular tool will vary depending upon the required specifications.

 

SAPS II was released(released in 2011. Its key features2011). Highlights of our SAPS II equipment include:
 
compact design, with footprint of 2.65m x 4.10m x 2.85m (WxDxH), requiring limited clean room floor space;

up to 8 chambers, providing throughput of up to 225 wafers per hour;
double-sided cleaning capability, with up to 5 cleaning chemicals for process flexibility;
2-chemical recycling capability for reduced chemical consumption;
image wafer detection method for lowering wafer breakage rates; and
chemical delivery module for delivery of dilute hydrofluoric acid, RCA SC-1 solution, functional de-ionized water and carbon dioxide to each of the chambers.
 
SAPS V which was released(released in 2014, offers increased productivity for chip manufacturers moving to advanced nodes.2014). SAPS V provides all of the features and functionality ofincludes SAPS II upgraded as follows:features with the following upgrades:
 
compact design, with footprint of 2.55m x 5.1m x 2.85m (WxDxH);
up to 12 chambers, providing throughput of up to 375 wafers per hour;
chemical supply system integrated into mainframe;
inline mixing method replaces tank auto-changing, reducing process time; and
improved drying technology using hot isopropyl alcohol and de-ionized water.
TEBO Technology, Applications and Equipment
 
Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation Cleaning
TEBO Technology
 
We developed TEBO technology for application in wet wafer cleaning during the fabrication of both conventional 2D and 3D patterned wafers with fine feature sizes. TEBO technology facilitates effective cleaning even with patterned features too small or fragile to be addressed by conventional jet spray and megasonic cleaning technologies.
 
TEBO technology solves the problems created by transient cavitation in conventional megasonic cleaning processes. Cavitation is the formation of bubbles in a liquid, and transient cavitation is a process in which a bubble in fluid implodes or collapses. In conventional megasonic cleaning processes, megasonic energy forms bubbles and then causes those bubbles to implode or collapse, blasting destructive high-pressure, high-temperature micro jets toward the wafer surface. Our internal testing has confirmed that at any level of megasonic energy capable of removing random defects, the sonic energy and mechanical force generated by transient cavitation are sufficiently strong to damage fragile patterned structures with features less than 70nm.

 
TEBO technology provides multi-parameter control of cavitation by using a sequence of rapid changes in pressure to force a bubble in liquid to oscillate at controlled sizes, shapes and temperatures, rather than implode or collapse. As a result, cavitation remains stable during TEBO megasonic cleaning processes, and a chip fabricator can, using TEBO technology, apply the level of megasonic energy needed to remove random defects without incurring the pattern damage created by transient cavitation in conventional megasonic cleaning.
 
We have demonstrated the damage-free cleaning capabilities of TEBO technology on customers’ patterned wafers as small as 1xnm (16nm to 19nm), and we believe TEBO technology will be applicable in even smaller fabrication process nodes. TEBO technology can be applied in manufacturing processes for conventional 2D chips with fine features and advanced chips with 3D structures, including Fin Field Effect Transistors or FinFET, DRAM, 3D NAND and 3D cross point memory, aswell asand we expect it will be applicable to other 3D architectures that may be developed in the future, such as carbon nanotubes and quantum devices. As a result of the thorough, controlled nature of TEBO processes, cleaning time for TEBO-based solutions may take longer than conventional megasonic cleaning processes. Conventional processes have proven ineffective, however, for process nodes of 20nm or less, and we believe the increased yield that can be achieved by using TEBO technology for nodes up to 70nm can more than offset the cost of the additional time in utilizing TEBO technology.
 
TEBO Applications
 
At process nodes of 28nm and less, chip makers face escalating challenges in eliminating nanometric particles and maintaining the condition of inside pattern surfaces. In order to maintain chip quality and avoid yield loss, cleaning technologies must control random defects of diminishing killer defect sizes, without roughing or otherwise damaging surfaces of transistors, interconnects or other wafer features. TEBO technology can be applied in numerous steps throughout the manufacturing process flow for effective, damage-free cleaning:
 
Memory Chips: We estimate that TEBO technology can be applied in up to a total of 47as many as 50 steps in the fabrication of a dynamic random-access memory, or DRAM chip, consisting of 8up to 10 steps in cleaning ISO structures, 1920 steps in cleaning buried gates, and 20 steps in cleaning high aspect-ratio storage nodes and stacked films.
Logic Chips: In the fabrication process for a logic chip with a FinFET structure, we estimate that TEBO technology can be used in 15 or more cleaning steps.
 
For purposes of solving inside pattern surface conditions for memory or logic chips, TEBO technology uses environmentally friendly dilute chemicals such as RCA SC-1 and hydrogen gas doped functional water.
 
TEBO Equipment
 
We currently offer two models of wet wafer cleaning equipment based on our TEBO technology, Ultra C TEBO II and Ultra C TEBO V. Each of these models is a single-wafer, serial-processing tool that can be configured to customer specifications and, in conjunction with appropriate dilute chemicals, used at numerous manufacturing processing steps for effective, damage-free cleaning of chips at process nodes 28nm or less. TEBO equipment solves the problem of pattern damage caused by transient cavitation in conventional jet spray and megasonic cleaning processes, providing better particle removal efficiency with limited material loss or roughing. TEBO equipment currently is being evaluated by a select group of leading memory and logic chip customers, some of which recently have indicated an intent to move to production. We expect theThe sales prices of our TEBO tools generally to range between $3.5 million and $6.5 million, although the sales price of a particular tool will vary depending upon the required specifications.
 
Each model of TEBO equipment includes:
 
an equipment front-end module, or EFEM, which moves wafers from chamber to chamber;
one or more chamber modules, each equipped with a TEBO megasonic generator system;
an electrical module to provide power for the tool; and
a chemical delivery module.
 

Ultra C TEBO II was released(released in 2016. Its key features include:
2016).
 Highlights:
 
compact design, with footprint of 2.25m x 2.25m x 2.85m (WxDxH);
up to 8 chambers with an upgraded transport system and optimized robotic scheduler, providing throughput of up to 300 wafers per hour;
EFEM module consisting of 4 load ports, transfer robot and 1 process robot; and
focus on dilute chemicals contributes to environmental sustainability and lower cost of ownership.
 
Ultra C TEBO V also was introduced(released in 2016, and its key features2016). Highlights of our Ultra C TEBO V equipment include:
 
footprint of 2.45m x 5.30m x 2.85m (WxDxH);
up to 12 chamber modules, providing throughput of up to 300 wafers per hour;
EFEM module consisting of 4 load ports, 1 transfer robot and 1 process robot; and
chemical delivery module for delivery of isopropyl alcohol, dilute hydrofluoric acid, RCA SC-1 solution, functional de-ionized water and carbon dioxide to each of the chambers.
 
Custom-Made WaferTahoe Overview
Our Ultra-C Tahoe wafer cleaning tool can deliver high cleaning performance using significantly less sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide than is typically consumed by conventional high-temperature single-wafer cleaning tools. During normal single-wafer cleaning processes, only a fraction of the acid reacts with the wafer surface, while the majority is wasted as acid spins off the wafer and cannot be recycled. In addition to providing cost savings resulting from vastly reduced acid consumption, Ultra-C Tahoe meets the needs of customers who face increased environmental regulations and demand new, more environmentally-friendly tools. We announced our first purchase order for an Ultra C Tahoe tool in August 2018, and we delivered the tool to a strategic customer in January of 2019.
Single-Wafer Tools for Back-End Assembly and Packaging Equipment
 
We leverage our technology and expertise to provide a range of single-wafer tools for back-end wafer assembly and packaging factories, principally in the PRC.factories. We develop, manufacture and sell a wide range of advanced packaging tools, such as coaters, developers, photoresist strippers, scrubbers, wet etchers and copper-plating tools. We focus on providing custom-made, differentiated equipment that incorporates customer-requested features at a competitive price. The salesSelling prices for these tools generally range betweenfrom approximately $500,000 and $1.0 million, and these offerings generated $5.7 million, or 20.9%, of our revenue in 2016 and $4.2 million, or 13.5%, of our revenue in 2015.to more than $2 million.
 
For example, our Ultra C Coater is used in applying photoresist, a light-sensitive material used in photolithography to transfer a pattern from a mask onto a wafer. Coaters typically provide input and output elevators, shuttle systems and other devices to handle and transport wafers during the coating process. Unlike most coaters, the Ultra C Coater is fully automated. In addition, basedBased on requests from customers, we developed and incorporated the special function of chamber auto-clean module into the Ultra C Coater, which further differentiates it from other products in the market. The Ultra C Coater is designed to deliver improved throughput and more efficient tool utilization while eliminating particle generation.
 

Our other advanced packaging tools include: Ultra C Developer, which applies liquid developer to selected parts of photoresist to resolve an image; Ultra C PR Megasonic-Assisted Stripper, which removes photoresist; Ultra C Scrubber, which scrubs and cleans wafers; and Ultra C Thin Wafer Scrubber, which addresses a sub-market of cleaning very thin wafers for certain Asian assembly factories; and Ultra C Wet Etcher, which etches silicon wafers and copper and titanium interconnects.
 
Our Customers
 
As of December 31, 2017, customers2018, chip fabricators had purchased and deployed more than 30 Ultra C SAPS and TEBO55 of our single-wafer wet cleaning tools. AllTo date, all of our sales in 2016 and 2017 wereof single-wafer wet cleaning equipment for front-end manufacturing have been to customers located in Asia, and we anticipate that a substantial majority of our revenue from these products will continue to come from customers located in this region for the near future. We have increased our efforts to penetrate the markets in North America and Western Europe, and we believe we are well positioned to begin generating sales in those regions.
 
We generate most of our revenue from a limited number of customers as the result of our strategy of initially placing SAPS - and TEBO-basedsingle-wafer wet cleaning equipment with a small number of leading chip manufacturers that are driving technology trends and key capability implementation. In 2018, 85.7% of our revenue was derived from three customers: Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd., a leading PRC memory chip company, together with one of its subsidiaries, accounted for 38.8% of our revenue; Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, a leading PRC foundry, accounted for 23.6% of our revenue; and SK Hynix Inc., a leading Korean memory chip company, accounted for 23.3% of our revenue. In 2017, 55.2% of our revenue was derived from four customers: SK Hynix Inc., a leading Korean memory chip company that accounted for 18.1% of our revenue; Shanghai Integrated Circuit Research and Development Center Ltd., a public research consortia for the Chinese semiconductor industry, that accounted for 14.1% of our revenue; JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a leading PRC foundry, that accounted for 12.8% of our revenue; and Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd., a leading PRC memory chip company that, together with one of its subsidiaries, accounted 10.2% of our revenue. In 2016 99.3% of our revenue was derived from four customers: Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 33.7% of our revenue; Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 25.0% of our revenue; SK Hynix Inc. accounted for 24.0% of our revenue; and JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 16.6%10.2% of our revenue.
 
Based on our market experience, we believe that implementation of our single-wafer wet cleaning equipment by one of our selected leading companieschip manufacturers will attract and encourage other manufacturers to evaluate our equipment, because the leading company’s implementation will serve as validation of our equipment and willcould enable the other manufacturers to shorten their evaluation processes. We placed our first SAPS-basedSAPS tool in 2009 as a prototype. We worked closely with the customer for two years in debugging and modifying the tool, and the customer then spent two more years of qualification and running pilot production before beginning volume manufacturing. Our revenue in 2015 included sales of SAPS-basedSAPS tools following the customer’s completion of its qualification process. We expectbelieve that the period from new product introduction to high volume manufacturing will be three years or lesscould range from one to several years.
For our back-end wafer assembly and packaging customers, we focus on providing custom-made, differentiated single wafer wet cleaning equipment that incorporates a customer’s requested features at a competitive price. Our primary customers of these products in 2018 included: Deca Technologies, a wafer-level interconnect foundry with headquarters in Arizona and manufacturing in the future. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—We depend onPhillipines that is a small numbermajority-owned, independent subsidiary of customers forCypress Semiconductor Corp.; JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a substantial portionleading PRC foundry that is also one of the largest customers of our revenue,front end of line equipment; Nantong Tongfu Microelectronics Co., Ltd., a PRC-based chip assembly and testing company that is a subsidiary of Nantong Fujitsu Microelectronics Co., Ltd.; and Wafer Works Corporation, a leading wafer supplier based in the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, one or more of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results. There are also a limited number of potential customers for our products.”
Customers continue to establish joint ventures, alliances and licensing arrangements that have the potential to positively or negatively impact our competitive position and market opportunities. A material reduction in orders from our large customers could adversely affect our results of operations and projected financial condition. Our business depends upon the expenditures of semiconductor manufacturers. Semiconductor manufacturers’ businesses, in turn, depend on many factors, including their financial capability, the current and anticipated market demand for integrated circuits, the global economy and the availability of equipment capacity to support that demand.PRC.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
We market and sell our products worldwide using a combination of our direct sales force and third-party representatives. We employ direct sales teams in Asia, Europe and North America, and have located these teams near our customers, primarily in the PRC, Korea, Taiwan and the United States. Each sales person has specific local market expertise. We also employ field application engineers, who are typically co-located with our direct sales teams, to provide technical pre- and post-sale support tours and other assistance to existing and potential customers throughout the customers’ fab planning and production line qualification and fab expansion phases. Our field application engineers are organized by end markets as well as core competencies in hardware, control system, software and process development to support our customers.
 
18

 
To supplement our direct sales teams, we have contacts with several independent sales representatives in the PRC, Taiwan and Korea. We select these independent representatives based on their ability to provide effective field sales, marketing forecast and technical support for our products. In the case of representatives, our customers place purchase orders with us directly rather than with the representatives.
 
Our sales have historically been made using purchase orders with agreed technical specifications. Our sales terms and conditions are generally consistent with industry practice, but may vary from customer to customer. We seek to obtain a purchase order threetwo to four months ahead of the customer’s desired delivery date. For some customers, we receive a letter of intent three weeks ahead, followed by the corresponding purchase order five weeks ahead, of the customer’s desired delivery date. Consistent with industry practice, we allow customers to reschedule or cancel orders on relatively short notice. Because of our relatively short delivery period and our practice of permitting rescheduling or cancellation, we believe that backlog is not a reliable indicator of our future revenue.
 
Our marketing team focuses on our product strategy and technology road maps, product marketing, new product introduction processes, demand assessment and competitive analysis, customer requirement communication and public relations. Our marketing team also has the responsibility to conduct environmental scans, study industry trends and arrange our participation at major trade shows.
 
Manufacturing
 
All of our products are built to order at our facility in Shanghai.Shanghai facilities. Our first manufacturing facility has a total of 36,000 square feet, with 8,000 square feet of class 10,000 clean room space for product assembly and testing, plus 800 square feet of class 1 clean room space for product demonstration purposes. The rest of the area is used for product sub-assembly, component inventory and manufacturing related offices. A class designation for a clean room denotes the number of particles of size 0.5mm or larger permitted per cubic foot of air. Our manufacturing facility is ISO-9000 certified, and we have implemented certain manufacturing science-based factory practices such as constraint management, statistical process control and failure mode and effect analysis methodology.
 
In eachSeptember 2018, we began production at our second factory, located ten miles from our Shanghai headquarters. The new facility provides an additional 50,000 square feet of 2016 and 2017, we sourced approximately one-thirdfloor space for production capacity. We plan to shift an increasing portion of the parts and components ($8.0 million in 2016 and $10.8M in 2017) for our products from Chinese suppliers and the remaining parts and components were sourced from suppliers in the United States and,future production to a lesser extent, Japan and Koreathis factory based on its modernized capabilities.
 
We purchase some of the components and assemblies that we include in our products from single source suppliers. We believe that we could obtain and qualify alternative sources to supply these components. Nevertheless, any prolonged inability to obtain these components could have an adverse effect on our operating results and could unfavorably impact our customer relationships. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—We depend on a limited number of suppliers, including single source suppliers, for critical components and assemblies, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.”
 
Research and Development
 
We believe that our success depends in part on our ability to develop and deliver breakthrough technologies and capabilities to meet our customers’ ever-more challenging technical requirements. For this reason, we devote significant financial and personnel resources to research and development. Our research and development team is comprised of highly skilled engineers and technologists with extensive experience in megasonic technology, cleaning processes and chemistry, mechanical design, and control system design. As of December 31, 2017, approximately half of our research and development personnel hold advanced technical degrees. To supplement our internal expertise, we also collaboratecollaborated with external research and development entities such as International SEMATECH, a global consortium of computer chip manufacturers, on specific areas of interests and retain, as technical advisors, several experts in semiconductor technology.
 
19

 
For the foreseeable future we are focusing on enhancing our existing Ultra C SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe tools and integrating additional capabilities to meet and anticipate requirements from our existing and potential customers. Our particular areas of focus include development of the following:
 
new cleaning steps for Ultra C SAPS cleaners for application in logic chips and for DRAM, 3D NAND and 3D cross point memory technologies;
new cleaning steps for Ultra C TEBO cleaners for FinFET in logic chips, gates in DRAM, and deep vias in both 3D NAND and 3D cross point memory technologies;
new hardware, including new system platforms, new and additional chamber structures and new chemical blending systems; and
new software to integrate new functionalities to improve tool performance.
 
Longer term, we are working on new proprietary process capabilities based on our existing tool hardware platforms. We are also working to integrate our tools with third-party tools in adjacent process areas in the chip manufacturing flow. Without reduction by grant amounts received from PRC governmental authorities (see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding”), our grossOur research and development expense totaled $8.6$10.4 million, or 23.4%13.9% of revenue in 20172018 and $9.5$5.1 million, or 34.7%14.1% of revenue in 2016.2017. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to support and enhance our existing cleaning products and to develop future product offerings to build and maintain our technology leadership position.
 
Intellectual Property
 
Our success and future revenue growth depend, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property. We control access to and use of our proprietary technologies, software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, consultants, advisors, customers, partners and suppliers. We rely primarily on patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret laws, as well as confidentiality procedures, to protect our proprietary technologies and processes. All employees and consultants are required to execute confidentiality agreements in connection with their employment and consulting relationships with us. We also require them to agree to disclose and assign to us all inventions conceived or made in connection with the employment or consulting relationship.
 
We have aggressively pursued intellectual property since our founding in 1998. We focus our patent efforts in the United States, and, when justified by cost and strategic importance, we file corresponding foreign patent applications in strategic jurisdictions such as the European Union, the PRC, Japan, Korea, Singapore, and Taiwan. Our patent strategy is designed to provide a balance between the need for coverage in our strategic markets and the need to maintain costs at a reasonable level.
 
As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had 20 issued patents, and numerous20 patents pending, applications in the United States. These patents carry expiration dates from 20182022 through 2027.2038. Many of the US patents and applications have also been filed internationally, in one or more of the European Union, PRC, Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan.
Specifically, we own patents in wafer cleaning, electro-polishing and plating, wafer preparation, and other semiconductor processing technologies. We have been issued more than 220 patents in the United States, the People’s Republic of China or PRC, Japan, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan.
 
We currently manufacture advanced single-wafer cleaning systems equipped with our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies. Our wafer cleaning technologies are protected by US Patent Numbers 8580042, 8671961, 9070723 and 9281177, as well as their corresponding international patents. We have 2231 patents granted internationally protecting our SAPS technologies. We also have filed four9 international patent applications for key TEBO technologies, and 2 for Tahoe, in accordance with the Patent Cooperation Treaty, in anticipation of filing in the U.S. national phase.
 
In addition to the above core technologies, we have patents reflecting innovations in other aspects of wafer cleaning systems, such as cleaning solution recycling and wafer holding and positioning. During a wafer cleaning cycle, multiple cleaning solutions may be sequentially used. Our cleaning solution recycling technology prevents cross-contamination and allows recycling of the cleaning solutions. These innovations are protected by US Patent Numbers 6248222, 6495007, 6749728, 6726823, 6447668 and 7136173, as well as their corresponding international patents.
We have technologies for stress-free polishing, or SFP, and electrochemical plating, or ECP, that are used in certain of our tools. SFP is an integral part of the CMPelectro polishing process. Our technology was a breakthrough in electro-chemical-copper-planarization technology when it was first introduced, because it can polish, stress-free, oxidizing tantalum barriercopper layers used in copper low-K interconnects. Our innovations in SFP and ECP are reflected in US Patent Numbers 6395152, 6837984, 6440295, 6638863 6391166 and 8518224, and their corresponding international counterparts.

 
We also have technologies in other semiconductor processing areas, such as wafer preparation and some specific processing steps. The wafer preparation technology is covered by US Patent Numbers 8383429 and 9295167. The specific processing steps include US Patent Number 7119008 titled “Integrating metal layers with ultra-low-K dielectrics,” andincludes US Patent Number 8598039 titled “Barrier layer removal method and apparatus.”
 
To date we have not granted licenses to third parties under the patents described above. Not all of these patents have been implemented in products. We may enter into licensing or cross-licensing arrangements with other companies in the future.
 
We cannot assure you that any patents will issue from any of our pending applications. Any rights granted under any of our existing or future patents may not provide meaningful protection or any commercial advantage to us. With respect to our other proprietary rights, it may be possible for third parties to copy or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technology or marks without authorization or to develop similar technology independently.
 
The semiconductor equipment industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights or positions, which have resulted in often protracted and expensive litigation. We may in the future initiate claims or litigation against third parties to determine the validity and scope of proprietary rights of others. In addition, we may in the future initiate litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights or the rights of our customers or to protect our trade secrets.
 
Our customers could become the target of litigation relating to the patent or other intellectual property rights of others. This could trigger technical support and indemnification obligations in some of our customer agreements. These obligations could result in substantial expenses, including the payment by us of costs and damages related to claims of patent infringement. In addition to the time and expense required for us to provide support or indemnification to our customers, any such litigation could disrupt the businesses of our customers, which in turn could hurt our relations with our customers and cause the sale of our products to decrease. We do not have any insurance coverage for intellectual property infringement claims for which we may be obligated to provide indemnification.
 
Additional information about the risks relating to our intellectual property is provided under “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property.”
 
Competition
 
The chip equipment industry is characterized by rapid change and is highly competitive throughout the world. We compete with semiconductor equipment companies located around the world, and we may also face competition from new and emerging companies, including new competitors from the PRC. We consider our principal competitors to be those companies that provide single-wafer cleaning products to the market, including Lam Research Corp., DNS Electronics LLC, Tokyo Electron Ltd., SEMES Co. Ltd., Mujin Electronics Co., Ltd. and Beijing Sevenstar Science & Technology Co., Ltd.
21
, DNS Electronics LLC, Lam Research Corp., Mujin Electronics Co., Ltd., SEMES Co. Ltd. and Tokyo Electron Ltd.
 
Compared to our company, our current and potential competitors may have:
 
better established credibility and market reputations, longer operating histories, and broader product offerings;
significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, which may allow them to pursue design, development, manufacturing, sales, marketing, distribution and service support of their products;
more extensive customer and partner relationships, which may position them to identify and respond more successfully to market developments and changes in customer demands; and
multiple product offerings, which may enable them to offer bundled discounts for customers purchasing multiple products or other incentives that we cannot match or offer.
 
The principal competitive factors in our market include:
 
performance of products, including particle removal efficiency, rate of damage to wafer structures, high temperature chemistry, throughput, tool uptime and reliability, safety, chemical waste treatment, and environmental impact;
service support capability and spare parts delivery time;
● 
innovation and development of functionality and features that are must-haves for advanced fabrication nodes;
 

ability to anticipate customer requirements, especially for advanced process nodes of less than 45nm;
● 
ability to identify new process applications;
brand recognition and reputation; and
skill and capability of personnel, including design engineers, manufacturing engineers and technicians, application engineers, and service engineers.
 
In addition, semiconductor manufacturers must make a substantial investment to qualify and integrate new equipment into semiconductor production lines. Some manufacturers have announced they will fabricatebegan fabricating chips for the 10nm node beginning in 2017 and the 7nm node commencing in 2018, and we have one customer that currently is evaluating implementation of our equipment for both the 10nm and 7nmat these nodes. Once a semiconductor manufacturer has selected a particular supplier’s equipment and qualified it for production, the manufacturer generally maintains that selection for that specific production application and technology node as long as the supplier’s products demonstrate performance to specification in the installed base. Accordingly, we may experience difficulty in selling to a given manufacturer if that manufacturer has qualified a competitor’s equipment. If, however, that cleaning equipment constrains chip yield, we expect, based on our experience to date, that the manufacturer will evaluate implementing new equipment that cleans more effectively.
 
We focus on the high-end fabrication market with advanced nodes, and we believe we compete favorably with respect to the factors described above. Most of our competitors offer single-wafer cleaning products using jet spray technology, which has relatively poor particle removal efficiency for random defects less than 30nm in size and presents increased risk of damage to the fragile patterned architectures of wafers at advanced process nodes. Certain of our competitors offer single-wafer cleaning products with megasonic cleaning capability, but we believe these products, which use conventional megasonic technology, are unable to maintain energy dose uniformity on the entire wafer and often lack the ability to repeat the requisite uniform energy dose wafer to wafer in production, resulting in poor efficiency in removing random defects, longer processing time and greater loss of material. In addition, these conventional megasonic products generate transient cavitation, which results in more incidents of damage to wafer structures with feature sizes of 70nm or less. We design our cleaning tools equipped with our proprietary SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies, which we believe offer better performance, much less chemical consumption, and lower cost of consumables, including at advanced process nodes of 22nm or less. Moreover, with our operations based in Shanghai, we are well positioned to take advantage of the Chinese government’s policies to develop an independent domestic semiconductor supply chain.
 
Employees
 
As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had 191273 full-time equivalent employees, of whom 22 were in administration, 5084 were in manufacturing, 8096 were in research and development, and 3971 were in sales and marketing and customer services. Of these employees, 183253 were located in the PRC, 4mainland China and Taiwan, 17 were located in Korea and 43 were based in the United States.
We have never had a work stoppage, and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or subject to any collective bargaining arrangements. We consider our employee relations to be good.
 
ItemAvailable Information
We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy statements and amendments to those documents filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, are also available free of charge on our website at www.americanrenal.com as soon as reasonably practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC.
Investors should note that we currently announce material information to our investors and others using filings with the SEC, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts or our website (www.acmrcsh.com), including news and announcements regarding our financial performance, key personnel, our brands and our business strategy. Information that we post on our corporate website could be deemed material to investors. We encourage investors to review the information we post on these channels. We may from time to time update the list of channels we will use to communicate information that could be deemed material and will post information about any such change on www.acmrcsh.com. The information on our website is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part hereof or incorporated into this or any of our other filings with the SEC.

Item 1A.   
Risk Factors
 
Investing in Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information contained in this report, including the consolidated financial statements and related notes set forth in “Item 1. Financial Statements” of Part I above, before making an investment decision. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In any such case, the trading price of Class A common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. This report also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.
 
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
 
We have incurred significant losses since our inception and we are uncertain about our future profitability.
 
We have incurred significant losses since our inception in 1998, and as of December 31, 20172018 we had an accumulated deficit of $10.0$3.4 million. We may not be able to generate sufficient revenue to achieve and sustain profitability. We expect our costs to increase in future periods, which could negatively affect our future operating results if our revenue does not increase. In particular, we expect to continue to expend substantial financial and other resources on:
 
● 
research and development, including continued investments in our research and development team;
● 
sales and marketing, including a significant expansion of our sales organization, both domestically and internationally, building our brand, and providing our single-wafer wet cleaning equipment and other capital equipment, or tools, for evaluation by customers;
● 
the cost of goods being manufactured and sold for our installed base;
● 
expansion of field service; and
● 
general and administrative expenses, including legal and accounting expenses related to being a public company.
 
These investments may not result in increased revenue or growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, then our business, financial position and results of operations will be harmed and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability over the long term. Additionally, we may encounter unforeseen operating expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other factors that may result in losses in future periods. If our revenue growth does not meet our expectations in future periods, our financial performance may be harmed and we may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.
 
We currently have limited revenue and may not be able to regain or maintain profitability.
 
To date we have only generated limited revenue from sales of our products. Our revenue totaled $27.4$74.6 million in 20162018 and $36.5 million in 2017. Our revenue was not sufficient to cover our operating expenses prior to 2015, and ourIn 2018 we generated net income decreasedof $6.6 million, as compared to $2.4 million in 2016 from $7.9 million in 2015. In 2017 we incurred an operating loss of $0.9 million, as compared to net income of $2.4 million$872,000 in 2016.2017. Our ability to generate significant revenue and operate profitably depends upon our ability to commercialize our Ultra C single-wafer wet cleaning equipment based on our SAPS and TEBO technologies.equipment. Our ability to generate significant product revenue from our current tools or future tool candidates also depends on a number of additional factors, including our ability to:
 
achieve market acceptance of Ultra C equipment based on SAPS, technology as well as Ultra C equipment based on TEBO and Tahoe technology;
increase our customer base, including the establishment of relationships with companies in the United States;
continue to expand our supplier relationships with third parties; and
 
establish and maintain our reputation for providing efficient on-time delivery of high quality products.
 
If we fail to regain and sustain profitability on a continuing basis, we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations or even shut down.

 
We may require additional capital in the future and we cannot give any assurance that such capital will be available at all or available on terms acceptable to us and, if it is available, additional capital raised by us may dilute holders of Class A common stock.
 
We may need to raise funds in the future, depending on many factors, including:
 
our sales growth;
the costs of applying our existing technologies to new or enhanced products;
the costs of developing new technologies and introducing new products;
the costs associated with protecting our intellectual property;
the costs associated with our expansion, including capital expenditures, increasing our sales and marketing and service and support efforts, and expanding our geographic operations;
our ability to continue to obtain governmental subsidies for developmental projects in the future;
future debt repayment obligations; and
the number and timing of any future acquisitions.
 
To the extent that our existing sources of cash, together with any cash generated from operations, are insufficient to fund our activities, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships, or other arrangements. Additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If adequate funding is not available, we may be required to reduce expenditures, including curtailing our growth strategies and reducing our product development efforts, or to forego acquisition opportunities.
 
If we succeed in raising additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, then the issuance could result in substantial dilution to existing stockholders. Furthermore, the holders of these new securities or debt may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of the holders of Class A common stock. In addition, any preferred equity issuance or debt financing that we may obtain in the future could have restrictive covenants relating to our capital raising activities and other financial and operational matters, which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities, including potential acquisitions.
 
Our quarterly operating results can be difficult to predict and can fluctuate substantially, which could result in volatility in the price of Class A common stock.
 
Our quarterly revenue and other operating results have varied in the past and are likely to continue to vary significantly from quarter to quarter. Accordingly, you should not rely upon our past quarterly financial results as indicators of future performance. Any variations in our quarter-to-quarter performance may cause our stock price to fluctuate. Our financial results in any given quarter can be influenced by a variety of factors, including:
 
the cyclicality of the semiconductor industry and the related impact on the purchase of equipment used in the manufacture of integrated circuits, or chips;
the timing of purchases of our tools by chip fabricators, which order types of tools based on multi-year capital plans under which the number and dollar amount of tool purchases can vary significantly from year to year;
the relatively high average selling price of our tools and our dependence on a limited number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue in any period, whereby the timing and volume of purchase orders or cancellations from our customers could significantly reduce our revenue for that period;
the significant expenditures required to customize our products often exceed the deposits received from our customers;
the lead time required to manufacture our tools;
the timing of recognizing revenue due to the timing of shipment and acceptance of our tools;
our ability to sell additional tools to existing customers;
the changes in customer specifications or requirements;
the length of our product sales cycle;
changes in our product mix, including the mix of systems, upgrades, spare parts and service;
the timing of our product releases or upgrades or announcements of product releases or upgrades by us or our competitors, including changes in customer orders in anticipation of new products or product enhancements;
 

our ability to enhance our tools with new and better functionality that meet customer requirements and changing industry trends;
constraints on our suppliers’ capacity;
the timing of investments in research and development related to releasing new applications of our technologies and new products;
delays in the development and manufacture of our new products and upgraded versions of our products and the market acceptance of these products when introduced;
our ability to control costs, including operating expenses and the costs of the components and subassemblies used in our products;
the costs related to the acquisition and integration of product lines, technologies or businesses; and
the costs associated with protecting our intellectual property, including defending our intellectual property against third-party claims or litigation.
 
Seasonality has played an increasingly important role in the market for chip manufacturing tools. The period of November through February has been a particularly weak period historically for manufacturers of chip tools, in part because capital equipment needed to support manufacturing of chips for the December holidays usually needs to be in the supply chain by no later than October and chip makers in Asia often wait until after Chinese New Year, which occurs in January or February, before implementing their capital acquisition plans. The timing of new product releases also has an impact on seasonality, with the acquisition of manufacturing equipment occurring six to nine months before a new release.
 
Many of these factors are beyond our control, and the occurrence of one or more of them could cause our operating results to vary widely. As a result, it is difficult for us to forecast our quarterly revenue accurately. Our results of operations for any quarter may not be indicative of results for future quarters and quarter-to-quarter comparisons of our operating results are not necessarily meaningful. Variability in our periodic operating results could lead to volatility in our stock price. Because a substantial proportion of our expenses are relatively fixed in the short term, our results of operations will suffer if revenue falls below our expectations in a particular quarter, which could cause the price of Class A common stock to decline. Moreover, as a result of any of the foregoing factors, our operating results might not meet our announced guidance or expectations of public market analysts or investors, in which case the price of Class A common stock could decrease significantly.
 
Cyclicality in the semiconductor industry is likely to lead to substantial variations in demand for our products, and as a result our operating results could be adversely affected.
 
The chip industry has historically been cyclic and is characterized by wide fluctuations in product supply and demand. From time to time, this industry has experienced significant downturns, often in connection with, or in anticipation of, maturing product and technology cycles, excess inventories and declines in general economic conditions. This cyclicality could cause our operating results to decline dramatically from one period to the next.
 
Our business depends upon the capital spending of chip manufacturers, which, in turn, depends upon the current and anticipated market demand for chips. During industry downturns, chip manufacturers often have excess manufacturing capacity and may experience reductions in profitability due to lower sales and increased pricing pressure for their products. As a result, chip manufacturers generally sharply curtail their spending during industry downturns and historically have lowered their spending more than the decline in their revenues. If we are unable to control our expenses adequately in response to lower revenue from our customers, our operating results will suffer and we could experience operating losses.
 
Conversely, during industry upturns we must successfully increase production output to meet expected customer demand. This may require us or our suppliers, including third-party contractors, to order additional inventory, hire additional employees and expand manufacturing capacity. If we are unable to respond to a rapid increase in demand for our tools on a timely basis, or if we misjudge the timing, duration or magnitude of such an increase in demand, we may lose business to our competitors or incur increased costs disproportionate to any gains in revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
 

The PRC government is implementing focused policies, including state-led investment initiatives, that aim to create and support an independent domestic semiconductor supply chain spanning from design to final system production. If these policies, which include loans and subsidies, result in lower demand for equipment than is expected by equipment manufacturers, the resulting overcapacity in the chip manufacturing equipment market could lead to excess inventory and price discounting that could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
 
Our success will depend on industry chip manufacturers adopting our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies.
 
To date our strategy for commercializing our tools has been to place them with selected industry leaders in the manufacturing of memory and logic chips, the two largest chip categories, to enable those leading manufacturers to evaluate our technologies, and then leverage our reputation to gain broader market acceptance. In order for these industry leaders to adopt our tools, we need to establish our credibility by demonstrating the differentiated, innovative nature of our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies. Our SAPS technology has been tested and purchased by industry leaders, but has not achieved, and may never achieve, widespread market acceptance. We have initiated a similar commercialization process for our TEBO technology with a selected group of industry leaders. If these leading manufacturers do not agree that our technologies add significant value over conventional technologies or do not otherwise accept and use our tools, we may need to spend a significant amount of time and resources to enhance our technologies or develop new technologies. Even if these leading manufacturers adopt our technologies, other manufacturers may not choose to accept and adopt our tools and our products may not achieve widespread adoption. Any of the above factors would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
If our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies do not achieve widespread market acceptance, we will not be able to compete effectively.
 
The commercial success of our tools will depend, in part, on gaining substantial market acceptance by chip manufacturers. Our ability to gain acceptance for our products will depend upon a number of factors, including:
 
our ability to demonstrate the differentiated, innovative nature of our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies and the advantages of our tools over those of our competitors;
compatibility of our tools with existing or potential customers’ manufacturing processes and products;
the level of customer service available to support our products; and
the experiences our customers have with our products.
 
In addition, obtaining orders from new customers may be difficult because many chip manufacturers have pre-existing relationships with our competitors. Chip manufacturers must make a substantial investment to qualify and integrate wet processing equipment into a chip production line. Due, in part, to the cost of manufacturing equipment and the investment necessary to integrate a particular manufacturing process, a chip manufacturer that has selected a particular supplier’s equipment and qualified that equipment for production typically continues to use that equipment for the specific production application and process node, which is the minimum line width on a chip, as long as that equipment continues to meet performance specifications. Some of our potential and existing customers may prefer larger, more established vendors from which they can purchase equipment for a wider variety of process steps than our tools address. Further, because the cleaning process with our TEBO equipment can be up to five times longer than cleaning processes based on other technologies, we must convince chip manufacturers of the innovative, differentiated nature of our technologies and the benefits associated with using our tools. If we are unable to obtain new customers and continue to achieve widespread market acceptance of our tools, then our business, operations, financial results and growth prospects will be materially and adversely affected.
 
 
If we do not continue to enhance our existing single-wafer wet cleaning tools and achieve market acceptance, we will not be able to compete effectively.
 
We operate in an industry that is subject to evolving standards, rapid technological changes and changes in customer demands. Additionally, if process nodes continue to shrink to ever-smaller dimensions and conventional two-dimensional chips reach their critical performance limitations, the technology associated with manufacturing chips may advance to a point where our Ultra C equipment based on SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies becomes obsolete. Accordingly, the future of our business will depend in large part upon the continuing relevance of our technological capabilities, our ability to interpret customer and market requirements in advance of tool deliveries, and our ability to introduce in a timely manner new tools that address chip makers’ requirements for cost-effective cleaning solutions. We expect to spend a significant amount of time and resources developing new tools and enhancing existing tools. Our ability to introduce and market successfully any new or enhanced cleaning equipment is subject to a wide variety of challenges during the tool’s development, including the following:
 
accurate anticipation of market requirements, changes in technology and evolving standards;
the availability of qualified product designers and technologies needed to solve difficult design challenges in a cost-effective, reliable manner;
our ability to design products that meet chip manufacturers’ cost, size, acceptance and specification criteria, and performance requirements;
the ability and availability of suppliers and third-party manufacturers to manufacture and deliver the critical components and subassemblies of our tools in a timely manner;
market acceptance of our customers’ products, and the lifecycle of those products; and
our ability to deliver products in a timely manner within our customers’ product planning and deployment cycle.
 
Certain enhancements to our Ultra C equipment in future periods may reduce demand for our pre-existing tools. As we introduce new or enhanced cleaning tools, we must manage the transition from older tools in order to minimize disruptions in customers’ ordering patterns, avoid excessive levels of older tool inventories and ensure timely delivery of sufficient supplies of new tools to meet customer demand. Furthermore, product introductions could delay purchases by customers awaiting arrival of our new products, which could cause us to fail to meet our expected level of production orders for pre-existing tools.
 
Our success will depend on our ability to identify and enter new product markets.
 
We expect to spend a significant amount of time and resources identifying new product markets in addition to the market for cleaning solutions and in developing new products for entry into these markets. Our TEBO technology took eight years to develop, and development of any new technology could require a similar, or even longer, period of time. Product development requires significant investments in engineering hours, third-party development costs, prototypes and sample materials, as well as sales and marketing expenses, which will not be recouped if the product launch is unsuccessful. We may fail to predict the needs of other markets accurately or develop new, innovative technologies to address those needs. Further, we may not be able to design and introduce new products in a timely or cost-efficient manner, and our new products may be more costly to develop, may fail to meet the requirements of the market, or may be adopted slower than we expect. If we are not able to introduce new products successfully, our inability to gain market share in new product markets could adversely affect our ability to sustain our revenue growth or maintain our current revenue levels.
 
If we fail to establish and maintain a reputation for credibility and product quality, our ability to expand our customer base will be impaired and our operating results may suffer.
 
We must develop and maintain a market reputation for innovative, differentiated technologies and high quality, reliable products in order to attract new customers and achieve widespread market acceptance of our products. Our market reputation is critical because we compete against several larger, more established competitors, many of which supply equipment for a larger number of process steps than we do to a broader customer base in an industry with a limited number of customers. In these circumstances, traditional marketing and branding efforts are of limited value, and our success depends on our ability to provide customers with reliable and technically sophisticated products. If the limited customer base does not perceive our products and services to be of high quality and effectiveness, our reputation could be harmed, which could adversely impact our ability to achieve our targeted growth.
 
27

 
We operate in a highly competitive industry and many of our competitors are larger, better-established, and have significantly greater operating and financial resources than we have.
 
The chip equipment industry is highly competitive, and we face substantial competition throughout the world in each of the markets we serve. Many of our current and potential competitors have, among other things:
 
greater financial, technical, sales and marketing, manufacturing, distribution and other resources;
established credibility and market reputations;
longer operating histories;
broader product offerings;
more extensive service offerings, including the ability to have large inventories of spare parts available near, or even at, customer locations;
local sales forces; and
more extensive geographic coverage.
 
These competitors may also have the ability to offer their products at lower prices by subsidizing their losses in wet cleaning with profits from other lines of business in order to retain current or obtain new customers. Among other things, some competitors have the ability to offer bundled discounts for customers purchasing multiple products. Many of our competitors have more extensive customer and partner relationships than we do and may therefore be in a better position to identify and respond to market developments and changes in customer demands. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier, regardless of product performance or features. If we are not able to compete successfully against existing or new competitors, our business, operating results and financial condition will be negatively affected.
 
We depend on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, one of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results. There are also a limited number of potential customers for our products.
 
The chip manufacturing industry is highly concentrated, and we derive a significant portionmost of our revenue from the salea limited number of customers. In 2018, 85.7% of our products torevenue was derived from three customers: Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd., a small numberleading PRC memory chip company, together with one of customers.its subsidiaries, accounted for 38.8% of our revenue; Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, a leading PRC foundry, accounted for 23.6% of our revenue; and SK Hynix Inc., a leading Korean memory chip company, accounted for 23.3% of our revenue. In 2017, 55.2% of our revenue was derived from four customers: SK Hynix Inc., accounted for 18.1%; of our revenue; Shanghai Integrated Circuit Research and Development Center Ltd., a public research consortia for the Chinese semiconductor industry, accounted for 14.1%; of our revenue; JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a leading PRC foundry, accounted for 12.8% of our revenue; and Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd,Ltd., together with one of its subsidiaries, accounted for 10.2%. In 2016, 99.3% of our revenue was derived from four customers: Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, 33.7%; Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, 25.0%; SK Hynix Inc., 24.0%; and JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., 16.6%. revenue.
As a consequence of the concentrated nature of our customer base, our revenue and results of operations may fluctuate from quarter to quarter and are difficult to estimate, and any cancellation of orders or any acceleration or delay in anticipated product purchases or the acceptance of shipped products by our larger customers could materially affect our revenue and results of operations in any quarterly period.
 
We may be unable to sustain or increase our revenue from our larger customers or offset the discontinuation of concentrated purchases by our larger customers with purchases by new or existing customers. We expect a small number of customers will continue to account for a high percentage of our revenue for the foreseeable future and that our results of operations may fluctuate materially as a result of such larger customers’ buying patterns. Thus, our business success depends on our ability to maintain strong relationships with our customers. The loss of any of our key customers for any reason, or a change in our relationship with any of our key customers, including a significant delay or reduction in their purchases, may cause a significant decrease in our revenue, which we may not be able to recapture due to the limited number of potential customers.
 
We have seen, and may see in the future, consolidation of our customer base. Industry consolidation generally has negative implications for equipment suppliers, including a reduction in the number of potential customers, a decrease in aggregate capital spending and greater pricing leverage on the part of consumers over equipment suppliers. Continued consolidation of the chip industry could make it more difficult for us to grow our customer base, increase sales of our products and maintain adequate gross margins.
 
28

 
Our customers do not enter into long-term purchase commitments, and they may decrease, cancel or delay their projected purchases at any time.
 
In accordance with industry practice, our sales are on a purchase order basis, which we seek to obtain three to four months in advance of the expected product delivery date. Until a purchase order is received, we do not have a binding purchase commitment. Our SAPS and TEBO customers to date have provided us with non-binding one- to two-year forecasts of their anticipated demands, but those forecasts can be changed at any time, without any required notice to us. Because the lead-time needed to produce a tool customized to a customer’s specifications can extend up to six months, we may need to begin production of tools based on non-binding forecasts, rather than waiting to receive a binding purchase order. No assurance can be made that a customer’s forecast will result in a firm purchase order within the time period we expect, or at all.
 
If we do not accurately predict the amount and timing of a customer’s future purchases, we risk expending time and resources on producing a customized tool that is not purchased by a particular customer, which may result in excess or unwanted inventory, or we may be unable to fulfill an order on the schedule required by a purchase order, which would result in foregone sales. Customers may place purchase orders that exceed forecasted amounts, which could result in delays in our delivery time and harm our reputation. In the future a customer may decide not to purchase our tools at all, may purchase fewer tools than it did in the past or may otherwise alter its purchasing patterns, and the impact of any such actions may be intensified given our dependence on a small number of large customers. Our customers make major purchases periodically as they add capacity or otherwise implement technology upgrades. If any significant customers cancel, delay or reduce orders, our operating results could suffer.
 
We may incur significant expenses long before we can recognize revenue from new products, if at all, due to the costs and length of research, development, manufacturing and customer evaluation process cycles.
 
We often incur significant research and development costs for products that are purchased by our customers only after much, or all, of the cost has been incurred or that may never be purchased. We allow some new customers, or existing customers considering new products, to evaluate products without any payment becoming due unless the product is ultimately accepted, which means we may invest $1.0 to $2.0$4.0 million in manufacturing a tool that may never be accepted and purchased or may be purchased months or even years after production. In the past we have borrowed money in order to fund first-time purchase order equipment and next-generation evaluation equipment. When we completedeliver evaluation equipment, or a first-time sale,“first tool,” we may not recognize revenue or receive payment for up tothe tool for 24 months.months or longer. Even returning customers may take as long as six months to make any payments. If our sales efforts are unsuccessful after expending significant resources, or if we experience delays in completing sales, our future cash flow, revenue and profitability may fluctuate or be materially adversely affected.
 
Our sales cycle is long and unpredictable, which results in variability of our financial performance and may require us to incur high sales and marketing expenses with no assurance that a sale will result, all of which could adversely affect our profitability.
 
Our results of operations may fluctuate, in part, because of the resource-intensive nature of our sales efforts and the length and variability of our sales cycle. A sales cycle is the period between initial contact with a prospective customer and any sale of our tools. Our sales process involves educating customers about our tools, participating in extended tool evaluations and configuring our tools to customer-specific needs, after which customers may evaluate the tools. The length of our sales cycle, from initial contact with a customer to the execution of a purchase order, is generally 6 to 24 months. During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities and make investments in evaluation equipment, all of which lower our operating margins, particularly if no sale occurs or if the sale is delayed as a result of extended qualification processes or delays from our customers’ customers.
 
The duration or ultimate success of our sales cycle depends on factors such as:
 
efforts by our sales force;
the complexity of our customers’ manufacturing processes and the compatibility of our tools with those processes;
our customers’ internal technical capabilities and sophistication; and
 

our customers’ capital spending plans and processes, including budgetary constraints, internal approvals, extended negotiations or administrative delays.
 
It is difficult to predict exactly when, or even if, we will make a sale to a potential customer or if we can increase sales to our existing customers. As a result, we may not recognize revenue from our sales efforts for extended periods of time, or at all. The loss or delay of one or more large transactions in a quarter could impact our results of operations for that quarter and any future quarters for which revenue from that transaction is lost or delayed. In addition, we believe that the length of the sales cycle and intensity of the evaluation process may increase for those current and potential customers that centralize their purchasing decisions.
 
Difficulties in forecasting demand for our tools may lead to periodic inventory shortages or excess spending on inventory items that may not be used.
 
We need to manage our inventory of components and production of tools effectively to meet changing customer requirements. Accurately forecasting customers’ needs is difficult. Our tool demand forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, including non-binding forecasts received from our customers years in advance, each of which may introduce error into our estimates. Inventory levels for components necessary to build our tools in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs and could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition. Conversely, if we underestimate demand for our tools or if our manufacturing partners fail to supply components we require at the time we need them, we may experience inventory shortages. Such shortages might delay production or shipments to customers and may cause us to lose sales. These shortages may also harm our credibility, diminish the loyalty of our channel partners or customers.
 
A failure to prevent inventory shortages or accurately predict customers’ needs could result in decreased revenue and gross margins and harm our business.
 
Some of our products and supplies may become obsolete or be deemed excess while in inventory due to rapidly changing customer specifications, changes in product structure, components or bills of material as a result of engineering changes, or a decrease in customer demand. We also have exposure to contractual liabilities to our contract manufacturers for inventories purchased by them on our behalf, based on our forecasted requirements, which may become excess or obsolete. Our inventory balances also represent an investment of cash. To the extent our inventory turns are slower than we anticipate based on historical practice, our cash conversion cycle extends and more of our cash remains invested in working capital. If we are not able to manage our inventory effectively, we may need to write down the value of some of our existing inventory or write off non-saleable or obsolete inventory. Any such charges we incur in future periods could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.
 
The difficulty in forecasting demand also makes it difficult to estimate our future results of operations and financial condition from period to period. A failure to accurately predict the level of demand for our products could adversely affect our net revenue and net income, and we are unlikely to forecast such effects with any certainty in advance.
 
If our tools contain defects or do not meet customer specifications, we could lose customers and revenue.
 
Highly complex tools such as our may develop defects during the manufacturing and assembly process. We may also experience difficulties in customizing our tools to meet customer specifications or detecting defects during the development and manufacturing of our tools. Some of these failures may not be discovered until we have expended significant resources in customizing our tools, or until our tools have been installed in our customers’ production facilities. These quality problems could harm our reputation as well as our customer relationships in the following ways:
 
our customers may delay or reject acceptance of our tools that contain defects or fail to meet their specifications;
we may suffer customer dissatisfaction, negative publicity and reputational damage, resulting in reduced orders or otherwise damaging our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers;
we may incur substantial costs as a result of warranty claims or service obligations or in order to enhance the reliability of our tools;
 

the attention of our technical and management resources may be diverted;
we may be required to replace defective systems or invest significant capital to resolve these problems; and
we may be required to write off inventory and other assets related to our tools.
 
In addition, defects in our tools or our inability to meet the needs of our customers could cause damage to our customers’ products or manufacturing facilities, which could result in claims for product liability, tort or breach of warranty, including claims from our customers. The cost of defending such a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, could be substantial and could divert management’s attention from our ongoing operations. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage proves inadequate with respect to a claim or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, we may be liable for payment of substantial damages. Any or all of these potential consequences could have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
 
Warranty claims in excess of our estimates could adversely affect our business.
 
We have provided warranties against manufacturing defects of our tools that range from 12 to 36 months in duration. Our product warranty requires us to provide labor and parts necessary to repair defects. To dateAs of December 31, 2018, we have nothad accrued a significant$1.7 million in liability contingency for potential warranty claims. Warranty claims substantially in excess of our expectations, or significant unexpected costs associated with warranty claims, could harm our reputation and could cause customers to decline to place new or additional orders, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
We rely on third parties to manufacture significant portions of our tools and our failure to manage our relationships with these parties could harm our relationships with our customers, increase our costs, decrease our sales and limit our growth.
 
Our tools are complex and require components and subassemblies having a high degree of reliability, accuracy and performance. We rely on third parties to manufacture most of the subassemblies and supply most of the components used in our tools. Accordingly, we cannot directly control our delivery schedules and quality assurance. This lack of control could result in shortages or quality assurance problems. These issues could delay shipments of our tools, increase our testing costs or lead to costly failure claims.
 
We do not have long-term supply contracts with some of our suppliers, and those suppliers are not obligated to perform services or supply products to us for any specific period, in any specific quantities or at any specific price, except as may be provided in a particular purchase order. In addition, we attempt to maintain relatively low inventories and acquire subassemblies and components only as needed. There are significant risks associated with our reliance on these third-party suppliers, including:
 
potential price increases;
capacity shortages or other inability to meet any increase in demand for our products;
reduced control over manufacturing process for components and subassemblies and delivery schedules;
limited ability of some suppliers to manufacture and sell subassemblies or parts in the volumes we require and at acceptable quality levels and prices, due to the suppliers’ relatively small operations and limited manufacturing resources;
increased exposure to potential misappropriation of our intellectual property; and
limited warranties on subassemblies and components supplied to us.
 
Any delays in the shipment of our products due to our reliance on third-party suppliers could harm our relationships with our customers. In addition, any increase in costs due to our suppliers increasing the price they charge us for subassemblies and components or arising from our need to replace our current suppliers that we are unable to pass on to our customers could negatively affect our operating results.

 
Any shortage of components or subassemblies could result in delayed delivery of products to us or in increased costs to us, which could harm our business.
 
The ability of our manufacturers to supply our tools is dependent, in part, upon the availability certain components and subassemblies. Our manufacturers may experience shortages in the availability of such components or subassemblies, which could result in delayed delivery of products to us or in increased costs to us. Any shortage of components or subassemblies or any inability to control costs associated with manufacturing could increase the costs for our products or impair our ability to ship orders in a timely cost-efficient manner. As a result, we could experience cancellation of orders, refusal to accept deliveries or a reduction in our prices and margins, any of which could harm our financial performance and results of operations.
 
We depend on a limited number of suppliers, including single source suppliers, for critical components and subassemblies, and our business could be disrupted if they are unable to meet our needs.
 
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components and subassemblies used in our tools. Certain components and subassemblies of our tools have only been purchased from our current suppliers to date and changing the source of those components and subassemblies may result in disruptions during the transition process and entail significant delay and expense. We rely on Product Systems, Inc., or ProSys, as the sole supplier of megasonic transducers, a key subassembly used in our single-wafer cleaning equipment. We also rely on Ninebell Co., Ltd., or Ninebell, which is the principal supplier of robotic delivery system subassemblies used in our single-wafer cleaning equipment. An adverse change to our relationship with ProSys or Ninebell would disrupt our production of single-wafer cleaning equipment and could cause substantial harm to our business.
 
With some of these suppliers, we do not have long-term agreements and instead purchase components and subassemblies through a purchase order process. As a result, these suppliers may stop supplying us components and subassemblies, limit the allocation of supply and equipment to us due to increased industry demand or significantly increase their prices at any time with little or no advance notice. Our reliance on a limited number of suppliers could also result in delivery problems, reduced control over product pricing and quality, and our inability to identify and qualify another supplier in a timely manner.
 
Moreover, some of our suppliers may experience financial difficulties that could prevent them from supplying us with components or subassemblies used in the design and manufacture of our products. In addition, our suppliers, including our sole supplier ProSys, may experience manufacturing delays or shut downs due to circumstances beyond their control, such as labor issues, political unrest or natural disasters. Any supply deficiencies could materially and adversely affect our ability to fulfill customer orders and our results of operations. We have in the past and may in the future, experience delays or reductions in supply shipments, which could reduce our revenue and profitability. If key components or materials are unavailable, our costs would increase and our revenue would decline.
 
We have depended on PRC governmental subsidies to help fund our technology development since 2008, and our failure to obtain additional subsidies may impede our development of new technologies and may increase our cost of capital, either of which could make it difficult for us to expand our product base.
 
We received subsidies from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC in 2008, 2009, 2014 and 2014.2018. These grants have provided a majority of the funding for our development and commercialization of stress-free polishing and electro copper-plating technologies. If we are unable to obtain similar governmental subsidies for development projects in the future, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships, or other arrangements, which could force us to reduce our efforts to develop technologies beyond SAPS, TEBO and TEBO.Tahoe. To the extent that we receive a lower level of, or no, governmental subsidies in the future, we may need to raise additional funds through public or private financings, strategic relationships, or other arrangements.

 
The success of our business will depend on our ability to manage any future growth.
 
We have experienced rapid growth in our business recently due, in part, to an expansion of our product offerings and an increase in the number of customers that we serve. For example, our headcount grew by 18.7%28% during 20162017 and by an additional 28.1%35% during 2017.2018. We will seek to continue to expand our operations in the future, including by adding new offices, locations and employees. Managing our growth has placed and could continue to place a significant strain on our management, other personnel and our infrastructure. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities, develop new products, enhance our technological capabilities, satisfy customer requirements, respond to competitive pressures or otherwise execute our business plan. In addition, any inability to manage our growth effectively could result in operating inefficiencies that could impair our competitive position and increase our costs disproportionately to the amount of growth we achieve. To manage our growth, we believe we must effectively:
 
hire, train, integrate and manage additional qualified engineers for research and development activities, sales and marketing personnel, service and support personnel and financial and information technology personnel;
manage multiple relationships with our customers, suppliers and other third parties; and
continue to enhance our information technology infrastructure, systems and controls.
 
Our organizational structure has become more complex, and we will need to continue to scale and adapt our operational, financial and management controls, as well as our reporting systems and procedures. The continued expansion of our infrastructure will require us to commit substantial financial, operational and management resources before our revenue increases and without any assurances that our revenue will increase.
 
We are highly dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and President and other senior management and key employees,, and we currently do not have a permanent Chief Financial Officer.
 
Our success largely depends on the skills, experience and continued efforts of our management, technical and sales personnel, including in particular Dr. David H. Wang, our Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President and founder.In January 2018 we notified our former Chief Financial Officer of the termination of his employment effective January 24, 2018. Our Chief Accounting Officer, who joined us effective January 24, 2018, currently is serving as our interim Chief Financial Officer. We are uncertain as to when we will be able to identify and hire a successor Chief Financial Office,Officer, and we may incur significant expense in recruiting and hiring such a successor. If one or more of our other senior management were unable or unwilling to continue their employment with us, we may not be able to replace them in a timely manner. We may incur additional expenses to recruit and retain qualified replacements. We do not currently maintain key person life insurance policies on any of our employees. Our business may be severely disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected. In addition, our senior management may join a competitor or form a competing company. All of our senior management are at-will employees, which means either we or the employeemay terminate their employment at any time. The loss of Dr. Wang or other key management personnel, including our former Chief Financial Officer, could significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.
 
Failure to attract and retain qualified personnel could put us at a competitive disadvantage and prevent us from effectively growing our business.
 
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly skilled personnel. There is substantial competition for experienced management, technical and sales personnel in the chip equipment industry. If qualified personnel become scarce or difficult to attract or retain for compensation-related or other reasons, we could experience higher labor, recruiting or training costs. New hires may require significant training and time before they achieve full productivity and may not become as productive as we expect. If we are unable to retain and motivate our existing employees and attract qualified personnel to fill key positions, we may experience inadequate levels of staffing to develop and market our products and perform services for our customers, which could have a negative effect on our operating results.
 

Our ability to utilize certain U.S. and state net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under applicable tax laws.
 
As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had net operating loss carryforward amounts, or NOLs, of $20.1$17 million for U.S. federal income tax purposes and $536,000$714,000 for U.S. state income tax purposes. The federal and state NOLs will expire at various dates beginning in 2019.
 
Utilization of these NOLs could be subject to a substantial annual limitation if the ownership change limitations under U.S. Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383 and similar U.S. state provisions are triggered by changes in the ownership of our capital stock. Such an annual limitation would result in the expiration of the NOLs before utilization. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes,, including in connection with our initial public offering and concurrent private placement in November 2017 and any future follow-on public offerings. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change. Regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of NOLs, or other unforeseen reasons, may cause our existing NOLs to expire or otherwise become unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Additionally, U.S. state NOLs generated in one state cannot be used to offset income generated in another U.S. state. For these reasons, we may be limited in our ability to realize tax benefits from the use of our NOLs, even if our profitability would otherwise allow for it.
 
Acquisitions that we pursue in the future, whether or not consummated, could result in other operating and financial difficulties.
 
In the future we may seek to acquire additional product lines, technologies or businesses in an effort to increase our growth, enhance our ability to compete, complement our product offerings, enter new and adjacent markets, obtain access to additional technical resources, enhance our intellectual property rights or pursue other competitive opportunities. We may also make investments in certain key suppliers to align our interests with such suppliers. If we seek acquisitions, we may not be able to identify suitable acquisition candidates at prices we consider appropriate. We cannot readily predict the timing or size of our future acquisitions, or the success of any future acquisitions.
 
To the extent that we consummate acquisitions or investments, we may face financial risks as a result, including increased costs associated with merged or acquired operations, increased indebtedness, economic dilution to gross and operating profit and earnings per share, or unanticipated costs and liabilities. Acquisitions may involve additional risks, including:
 
the acquired product lines, technologies or businesses may not improve our financial and strategic position as planned;
we may determine we have overpaid for the product lines, technologies or businesses, or that the economic conditions underlying our acquisition have changed;
we may have difficulty integrating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;
we may have difficulty retaining the employees with the technical skills needed to enhance and provide services with respect to the acquired product lines or technologies;
the acquisition may be viewed negatively by customers, employees, suppliers, financial markets or investors;
we may have difficulty incorporating the acquired product lines or technologies with our existing technologies;
we may encounter a competitive response, including price competition or intellectual property litigation;
we may become a party to product liability or intellectual property infringement claims as a result of our sale of the acquired company’s products;
we may incur one-time write-offs, such as acquired in-process research and development costs, and restructuring charges;
we may acquire goodwill and other intangible assets that are subject to impairment tests, which could result in future impairment charges;
our ongoing business and management’s attention may be disrupted or diverted by transition or integration issues and the complexity of managing geographically or culturally diverse enterprises; and
our due diligence process may fail to identify significant existing issues with the target business.
 
33

 
From time to time, we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions or investments that are not ultimately consummated. These negotiations could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Future declines in the semiconductor industry, and the overall world economic conditions on which the industry is significantly dependent, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our business depends on the capital equipment expenditures of chip manufacturers, which in turn depend on the current and anticipated market demand for integrated circuits. With the consolidation of customers within the industry, the chip capital equipment market may experience rapid changes in demand driven both by changes in the market generally and the plans and requirements of particular customers. Global economic and business conditions, which are often unpredictable, have historically impacted customer demand for our products and normal commercial relationships with our customers, suppliers and creditors. Additionally, in times of economic uncertainty our customers’ budgets for our tools, or their ability to access credit to purchase them, could be adversely affected. This would limit their ability to purchase our products and services. As a result, economic downturns could cause material adverse changes to our results of operations and financial condition including:
 
a decline in demand for our products;
an increase in reserves on accounts receivable due to our customers’ inability to pay us;
an increase in reserves on inventory balances due to excess or obsolete inventory as a result of our inability to sell such inventory;
valuation allowances on deferred tax assets;
restructuring charges;
asset impairments including the potential impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets;
a decline in the value of our investments;
exposure to claims from our suppliers for payment on inventory that is ordered in anticipation of customer purchases that do not come to fruition;
a decline in the value of certain facilities we lease to less than our residual value guarantee with the lessor; and
challenges maintaining reliable and uninterrupted sources of supply.
 
Fluctuating levels of investment by chip manufacturers may materially affect our aggregate shipments, revenue, operating results and earnings. Where appropriate, we will attempt to respond to these fluctuations with cost management programs aimed at aligning our expenditures with anticipated revenue streams, which could result in restructuring charges. Even during periods of reduced revenues, we must continue to invest in research and development and maintain extensive ongoing worldwide customer service and support capabilities to remain competitive, which may temporarily harm our profitability and other financial results.
 
We conduct substantially all of our operations outside the United States and face risks associated with conducting business in foreign markets.
 
All of our sales in 20162017 and 20172018 were made to customers outside the United States. Our manufacturing center has been located in Shanghai PRC since 2006 and substantially all of our operations are located in the PRC. We expect that all of our significant activities will remain outside the United States in the future. We are subject to a number of risks associated with our international business activities, including:
 
imposition of, or adverse changes in, foreign laws or regulatory requirements;
the need to comply with the import laws and regulations of various foreign jurisdictions, including a range of U.S. import laws;
potentially adverse tax consequences, including withholding tax rules that may limit the repatriation of our earnings, and higher effective income tax rates in foreign countries where we conduct business;
competition from local suppliers with which potential customers may prefer to do business;
seasonal reduction in business activity, such as during Chinese, or Lunar, New Year in parts of Asia and in other periods in various individual countries;
increased exposure to foreign currency exchange rates;
reduced protection for intellectual property;
 

longer sales cycles and reliance on indirect sales in certain regions;
increased length of time for shipping and acceptance of our products;
greater difficulty in responding to customer requests for maintenance and spare parts on a timely basis;
greater difficulty in enforcing contracts and accounts receivable collection and longer collection periods;
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and the increased travel, infrastructure and legal and compliance costs associated with multiple international locations;
heightened risk of unfair or corrupt business practices in certain geographies and of improper or fraudulent sales arrangements that may impact financial results and result in restatements of, or irregularities in, our consolidated financial statements; and
general economic conditions, geopolitical events or natural disasters in countries where we conduct our operations or where our customers are located, including political unrest, war, acts of terrorism or responses to such events.
 
In particular, the Asian market is extremely competitive, and chip manufacturers may be aggressive in seeking price concessions from suppliers, including chip equipment manufacturers.
 
We may not be successful in developing and implementing policies and strategies that will be effective in managing these risks in each country in which we do business. Our failure to manage these risks successfully could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
Fluctuation in foreign currency exchange rates may adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
 
Our results of operations and financial position could be adversely affected as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Although our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, a sizable portion of our revenues and costs are denominated in other currencies, primarilyprincipally the Chinese Renminbi.Renminbi and, to a lesser extent, the Korean Won. Because many of our raw material purchases are denominated in Renminbi while the majority of the purchase orders we receive are denominated in U.S. dollars, exchange rates have a significant effect on our gross margin. We have not engaged in any foreign currency exchange hedging transactions to date, and any strategies that we may use in the future to reduce the adverse impact of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may not be successful. Our foreign currency exposure with respect to assets and liabilities for which we do not have hedging arrangements could have a material impact on our results of operations in periods when the U.S. dollar significantly fluctuates in relation to unhedged non-U.S. currencies in which we transact business.
Changes in government trade policies could limit the demand for our tools and increase the cost of our tools or adversely impact our supply chain.
General trade tensions between the U.S. and PRC escalated in 2018. In each of July, August and September 2018, the U.S. government imposed a round of new or higher tariffs on specified imported products originating from the PRC in response to what the U.S. government characterizes as unfair trade practices. The PRC government responded to each of these three rounds of U.S. tariff changes by imposing new or higher tariffs on specified products imported from the United States. Higher duties on existing tariffs and further rounds of tariffs have been announced or threatened by U.S. and PRC leaders.
The imposition of tariffs by the U.S. and PRC governments and the surrounding economic uncertainty may negatively impact the semiconductor industry, including reducing the demand of fabricators for capital equipment such as our tools. Further changes in trade policy, tariffs, additional taxes, restrictions on exports or other trade barriers, or restrictions on supplies, equipment, and raw materials including rare earth minerals, may limit the ability of our customers to manufacture or sell semiconductors or to make the manufacture or sale of semiconductors more expensive and less profitable, which could lead those customers to fabricate fewer semiconductors and to invest less in capital equipment such as our tools. In addition, if the PRC were to impose additional tariffs on raw materials, subsystems or other supplies that we source from the United States, our cost for those supplies would increase. As a result of any of the foregoing events, the imposition or new or additional tariffs may limit our ability to manufacture tools, increase our selling and/or manufacturing costs, decrease margins, or inhibit our ability to sell tools or to purchase necessary equipment and supplies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, or financial conditions.

 
Changes in political and economic policies of the PRC government may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and may result in our inability to sustain our growth and expansion strategies.
 
Substantially all of our operations are conducted in the PRC, and a substantial majority of our revenue is sourced from the PRC. Accordingly, our financial condition and results of operations are affected to a significant extent by economics, political and legal developments in the PRC.
 
The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the extent of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, and control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the PRC government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in the PRC are still owned by the government. In addition, the PRC government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The PRC government also exercises significant control over economic growth in the PRC by allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, regulating financial services and institutions, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.
 
While the PRC economy has experienced significant growth in the past three decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The PRC government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall PRC economy, but may also have a negative effect on us. Our financial condition and results of operation could be materially and adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations that are applicable to us. In the past the PRC government has implemented measures to control the pace of economic growth, and similar measures in the future may cause decreased economic activity, which in turn could lead to a reduction in demand for our products and consequently have a material adverse effect on our businesses, financial condition and results of operations.
 
Although the PRC government has been implementing policies to develop an independent domestic semiconductor industry supply chain, there is no guaranteed time frame in which these initiatives will be implemented. We cannot guarantee that the implementation of these policies will result in additional revenue to us or that our presence in the PRC will result in support from the PRC government. To the extent that any capital investment or other assistance from the PRC government is not provided to us, it could be used to promote the products and technologies of our competitors, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
We are subject to government regulation, including import, export, economic sanctions, and anti-corruption laws and regulations, that may limit our sales opportunities, expose us to liability and increase our costs.
 
Our products are subject to import and export controls in jurisdictions in which we distribute or sell our products. Import and exports control and economic sanctions laws and regulations include restrictions and prohibitions on the sale or supply of certain products and on our transfer of parts, components, and related technical information and know-how to certain countries, regions, governments, persons and entities.
 
Various countries regulate the importation of certain products through import permitting and licensing requirements and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products. The exportation, re-exportation, transfers within foreign countries and importation of our products, including by our partners, must comply with these laws and regulations, and any violations may result in reputational harm, government investigations and penalties, and a denial or curtailment of exporting. Complying with export control and sanctions laws for a particular sale may be time consuming, may increase our costs, and may result in the delay or loss of sales opportunities. If we are found to be in violation of U.S. sanctions or export control laws, or similar laws in other jurisdictions, we and the individuals working for us could incur substantial fines and penalties. Changes in export, sanctions or import laws or regulations may delay the introduction and sale of our products in international markets, require us to spend resources to seek necessary government authorizations or to develop different versions of our products, or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries, regions, governments, persons or entities, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
 

We are subject to various domestic and international anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as similar anti-bribery and anti-kickback laws and regulations. These laws and regulations generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from offering or making improper payments to non-U.S. officials for the purpose of obtaining, retaining or directing business. Our exposure for violating these laws and regulations increases as our international presence expands and as we increase sales and operations in foreign jurisdictions.
 
Breaches of our cybersecurity systems could degrade our ability to conduct our business operations and deliver products to our customers, result in data losses and the theft of our intellectual property, damage our reputation, and require us to incur significant additional costs to maintain the security of our networks and data.
 
We increasingly depend upon our information technology systems to conduct our business operations, ranging from our internal operations and product development and manufacturing activities to our marketing and sales efforts and communications with our customers and business partners. Computer programmers may attempt to penetrate our network security, or that of our website, and misappropriate our proprietary information or cause interruptions of our service. Because the techniques used by such computer programmers to access or sabotage networks change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques. We have also outsourced a number of our business functions to third-party contractors, including our manufacturers, and our business operations also depend, in part, on the success of our contractors’ own cybersecurity measures. Accordingly, if our cybersecurity systems and those of our contractors fail to protect against unauthorized access, sophisticated cyberattacks and the mishandling of data by our employees and contractors, our ability to conduct our business effectively could be damaged in a number of ways, including sensitive data regarding our employees or business, including intellectual property and other proprietary data, could be stolen. Should this occur, we could be subject to significant claims for liability from our customers and regulatory actions from governmental agencies. In addition, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights could be compromised and our reputation and competitive position could be significantly harmed. Consequently, our financial performance and results of operations could be adversely affected.
 
Our production facilities could be damaged or disrupted by a natural disaster, war, terrorist attacks or other catastrophic events.
 
Our manufacturing facilities are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as earthquakes, fires, floods tsunami, typhoons and volcanic activity, environmental disasters, health epidemics, and other events beyond our control such as power loss, telecommunications failures, and uncertainties arising out of armed conflicts or terrorist attacks. A substantial majority of our facilities as well as our research and development personnel are located in the PRC. Any catastrophic loss or significant damage to any of our facilities would likely disrupt our operations, delay production, and adversely affect our product development schedules, shipments and revenue. In addition, any such catastrophic loss or significant damage could result in significant expense to repair or replace the facility and could significantly curtail our research and development efforts in a particular product area or primary market, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and operating results.
 
OurIn connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements for 2017, our management and auditors identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements thateven after remediation, could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.
 
Neither we nor BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP, or BDO China, our independent registered public accounting firm, has performed a comprehensive assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, as defined by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, for purposes of identifying and reporting material weaknesses and other control deficiencies. We are not currently required to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and therefore are not required to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Further, BDO China has not been engaged to express, nor has it expressed, an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 

In connection with its audit of our consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2016, BDO China informed us that it had identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our lack of sufficient qualified financial reporting and accounting personnel with an appropriate level of expertise to properly address complex accounting issues under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, and to prepare and review our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures to fulfill GAAP and SEC financial reporting requirements. As of December 31, 2017,During the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we considered we were still in a transitional period to enhance the quality of our accounting and financial reporting function, we determined that the above mentioned material weakness had not been fully remediated. We have taken, and are continuing to take,took remedial measures to improve the effectiveness of our controls, including by hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and by engaging outside consulting firms, although we now are also seekingwhich our management considered, as of September 30, 2018, to identify a qualified candidate to succeed our former Chief Financial Officer whose employment terminated effective January 24, 2018.
have fully remediated the identified material weakness.
 
The existence of material weaknesses is an indication that there is a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a future period, and the process of designing and implementing effective internal controls and procedures will be a continual effort that may require us to expend significant resources to establish and maintain a system of controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. We cannot assure you that the measures we take will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness identified by BDO China or that we will implement and maintain adequate controls over our financial processes and reporting in the future in order to avoid additional material weaknesses or controlled deficiencies in our internal control over financing reporting. If our remediation efforts are not successful or other material weaknesses or control deficiencies occur in the future, we may be unable to report our financial results accurately or on a timely basis, which could cause our reported financial results to be materially misstated and result in the loss of investor confidence and cause the trading price of Class A common stock to decline. Moreover, ineffective controls could significantly hinder our ability to prevent fraud.
 
Our auditor, as a registered public accounting firm operating in the PRC, is not permitted to be inspected by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, and consequently investors may be deprived of the benefits of such inspections.
 
BDO China is the independent registered public accounting firm that issued the audit report included in this report in connection with our consolidated financial statements as of, and for the years ended, December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017. BDO China, as an auditor of companies that are traded publicly in the United States and a firm registered with the U.S. Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, is required by the laws of the United States to undergo regular inspections by the PCAOB to assess its compliance with the laws of the United States and applicable professional standards. BDO China is located in the PRC. The PCAOB is currently unable to conduct inspections on auditors in the PRC without the approval of PRC authorities, and therefore BDO China, like other independent registered public accounting firms operating in the PRC, is currently not inspected by the PCAOB.
 
In May 2013 the PCAOB announced that it had entered into a Memorandum of Understanding on Enforcement Cooperation with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance of China pursuant to which the Ministry of Finance established a cooperative framework between the parties for the production and exchange of audit documents relevant to investigations in both the PRC and the United States. More specifically, the Memorandum of Understanding provides a mechanism for the parties to request and receive from each other assistance in obtaining documents and information in furtherance of their investigative duties. In addition the PCAOB is engaged in continuing discussions with the China Securities Regulatory Commission and the Ministry of Finance to permit joint inspections in the PRC of audit firms that are registered with the PCAOB and to audit PRC companies whose securities are listed on U.S. stock exchanges.
 
The PCAOB’s inspections of firms outside of the PRC have identified deficiencies in audit procedures and quality control procedures, and such deficiencies may be addressed as part of the inspection process to improve future audit quality. The inability of the PCAOB to conduct inspections of BDO China with respect to its audit of our consolidated financial statements may make it more difficult for investors to evaluate BDO China’s audit procedures and quality control procedures by depriving investors of potential benefits from improvements that could have been facilitated by PCAOB inspections.
 

Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property
 
Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies.
 
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent and trade secret protection for our intellectual property, including our SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe technologies and the design of our Ultra C equipment, as well as our ability to operate without infringing upon the proprietary rights of others. There can be no assurance that our patent applications will result in additional patents being issued or that issued patents will afford sufficient protection against competitors with similar technology, nor can there be any assurance that the patents issued will not be infringed, designed around, or invalidated by third parties. Even issued patents may later be found unenforceable or may be modified or revoked in proceedings instituted by third parties before various patent offices or in courts. The degree of future protection for our intellectual property is uncertain. Only limited protection may be available and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. This failure to properly protect the intellectual property rights relating to our products and technologies could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
The patent application process is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, and there can be no assurance that we or any of our future development partners will be successful in protecting our product candidates by obtaining and defending patents. These risks and uncertainties include the following:
 
The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.
Patent applications may not result in any patents being issued.
Patents that may be issued may be challenged, invalidated, modified, revoked, circumvented, found to be unenforceable or otherwise may not provide any competitive advantage.
Our competitors may seek or may have already obtained patents that will limit, interfere with, or eliminate our ability to make, use and sell our potential product candidates.
The PRC and other countries other than the United States may have patent laws less favorable to patentees than those upheld by U.S. courts, allowing foreign competitors a better opportunity to create, develop and market competing product candidates.
 
In addition, we rely on the protection of our trade secrets and know-how. Although we have taken steps to protect our trade secrets and unpatented know-how, including entering into confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements with third parties and confidential information and inventions agreements with key employees, customers and suppliers, other parties may still obtain this information or may come upon this information independently. If any of these events occurs or if we otherwise lose protection for our trade secrets or proprietary know-how, the value of this information may be greatly reduced.
 
We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.
 
Competitors may infringe upon our patents. If our technologies are adopted, we believe that competitors may try to match our technologies and tools in order to compete. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings, including our current suits, could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated, found to be unenforceable or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during litigation. In addition, any future patent litigation, interference or other administrative proceedings will result in additional expense and distraction of our personnel. Most of our competitors are larger than we are and have substantially greater resources, and they therefore are likely to be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation longer than we could. An adverse outcome in such litigation or proceedings may expose us to loss of our proprietary position.
 
38

 
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property rights throughout the world, which could materially, negatively affect our business.
 
Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on our products or proprietary technologies in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and our intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States, including the PRC, can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection but enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.
 
Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing, and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license and may adversely affect our business.
 
If we are sued for infringing intellectual property rights of third parties, it will be costly and time consuming, and an unfavorable outcome in that litigation could have a material adverse effect on our business.
 
Our success depends on our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our products without infringing upon the proprietary rights of third parties. Numerous U.S. and foreign-issued patents and pending patent applications owned by third parties exist in the fields in which we are developing products, some of which may contain claims that overlap with the subject matter of our intellectual property. A third party has claimed in the past, and others may claim in the future, that our technology or products infringe their intellectual property. In some instances third parties may initiate litigation against us in an effort to prevent us from using our technology in alleged violation of their intellectual property rights. The risk of such a lawsuit will likely increase as our size and the number and scope of our products increase and as our geographic presence and market share expand.
 
Any potential intellectual property claims or litigation commenced against us could:
 
be time consuming and expensive to defend, whether or not meritorious;
force us to stop selling products or using technology that allegedly infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights;
delay shipments of our products;
require us to pay damages or settlement fees to the party claiming infringement;
require us to attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all;
force us to attempt to redesign products that contain the allegedly infringing technology, which could be expensive or which we may be unable to do;
require us to indemnify our customers, suppliers or other third parties for any loss caused by their use of our technology that allegedly infringes the third party’s intellectual property rights; or
divert the attention of our technical and managerial resources.
 
Because patent applications can take many years to issue, there may be currently pending applications, unknown to us, that may later result in issued patents upon which our products or technologies may infringe. Similarly, there may be issued patents relevant to our products of which we are not aware.
 

Risks Related to Ownership of Class A Common Stock
 
The market price of Class A common stockhas been and may continue to be volatile, which could result in substantial losses for investors purchasing our shares
 
Class A common stock only commenced trading on the Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, on November 3, 2017, and the market price of Class A common stock has been, and could continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations. The market price of Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:
 
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;
the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;
actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;
changes in projections for the chips or chip equipment industries or in the operating performance or expectations and stock market valuations of chip companies, chip equipment companies or technology companies in general;
changes in operating results;
any changes in the financial projections we may provide to the public, our failure to meet these projections, or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow Class A common stock;
additional shares of Class A common stock being sold into the market by us or our existing stockholders or the anticipation of such sales;
price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;
lawsuits threatened or filed against us;
litigation and other developments relating to our patents or other proprietary rights or those of our competitors;
developments in new legislation and pending lawsuits or regulatory actions, including interim or final rulings by judicial or regulatory bodies; and
general economic trends, including changes in the demand for electronics or information technology or geopolitical events such as war or acts of terrorism, or any responses to such events.
 
In recent years, the stock market in general, and Nasdaq in particular, has experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to changes in the operating performance of the companies whose stock is experiencing those price and volume fluctuations.
 
As a newly public company, our stock price may be volatile, and securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility of their stock price. Any such litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
 
In the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.
 
An active trading market for Class A common stock may not be sustained.
 
Class A common stock has been listed on Nasdaq only since November 3, 2017, and we cannot assure you that an active trading market for Class A common stock will be sustained or maintained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully develop or maintain a liquid market for Class A common stock.
 
We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the concurrent private placement, and we may not succeed in using those net proceeds effectively.
In November 2017 we issued and sold 2,233,000 shares of Class A common stock in our initial public offering, or IPO, and an additional 1,333,334 shares of Class A common stock in a private placement, which we refer to as the concurrent private placement. We cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of the net proceeds that we received from the IPO and the concurrent private placement. Our management has broad discretion in the application of these net proceeds, including working capital and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.
 
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about us, our business or our market, or if they publish negative evaluations of Class A common stock or the stock of other companies in our industry, the price of our stock and trading volume could decline.
 
The trading market for Class A common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade the Class A common stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the Class A common stock price would likely decline. In addition, if one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of the Class A common stock or fails to publish reports about the Class A common stock on a regular basis, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the Class A common stock price or trading volume to decline.
 
Requirements associated with being a public reporting company will increase ourinvolve significant ongoing costs significantly, as well asand can divert significant company resources and management attention.
 
We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, and other rules and regulations of the SEC. We are working with our legal, independent accounting and financial advisors to identify those areas in which changes should be made to our financial and management control systems to manage our growth and our obligations as a public reporting company. These areas include corporate governance, corporate control, disclosure controls and procedures, and financial reporting and accounting systems. We have made, and will continue to make, changes in these and other areas. Compliance with the various reporting and other requirements applicable to public reporting companies will require considerable time, attention of management and financial resources. In addition, the changes we make may not be sufficient to allow us to satisfy our obligations as a public reporting company on a timely basis.
 
The listing requirements of Nasdaq require that we satisfy certain corporate governance requirements relating to director independence, distributing annual and interim reports, stockholder meetings, approvals and voting, soliciting proxies, conflicts of interest and a code of conduct. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to ensure that we comply with all of these requirements. The reporting requirements, rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These reporting requirements, rules and regulations, coupled with the increase in potential litigation exposure associated with being a public company, could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve as our directors or executive officers, or to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, on acceptable terms.
 
We have never paid and do not intend to pay cash dividends and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of Class A common stock.
 
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Accordingly, you may only receive a return on your investment in Class A common stock if the market price of Class A common stock increases.
 
Our ability to pay dividends on Class A common stock depends significantly on our receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries in the PRC. PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by those subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, which are determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations that differ from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The PRC regulations and our subsidiaries’ articles of association require annual appropriations of 10% of net after-tax profits to be set aside, prior to payment of dividends, as a reserve or surplus fund, which restricts our subsidiaries’ ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to us. In addition, our subsidiaries’ short-term bank loans restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.
 
41

 
The dual class structure of Class A common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with our executive officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and President, which will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters.
 
Class B common stock has twenty votes per share and Class A common stock has one vote per share. As of March 19, 2018,8, 2019, stockholders who hold shares of Class B common stock, who consist principally of our executive officers, employees, directors and their respective affiliates, collectively held 78.8%72.8% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. Because of the twenty-to-one voting ratio between Class B and Class A common stock, holders of Class B common stock collectively will continue to control a majority of the combined voting power of Class A common stock and therefore be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval so long as the shares of Class B common stock represent at least 4.8% of all outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock. This concentrated control will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters for the foreseeable future. This concentrated control could also discourage a potential investor from acquiring Class A common stock due to the limited voting power of such stock relative to the Class B common stock and might harm the market price of Class A common stock.
 
Future transfers by holders of Class B common stock will result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, subject to limited exceptions. The conversion of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term.
 
Substantial future sales of shares by existing stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause our stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders, particularly our directors and executive officers, sell substantial amounts of Class A common stock in the public market, or are perceived by the public market as intending to sell substantial numbers of shares of Class A common stock, the trading price of Class A common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. As of March 19, 2018, only the shares of Class A common stock sold in the IPO and an additional 113,984 shares not subject to lock-up agreements were freely tradable in the public market. Holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of Class A common stock, including all of our officers and directors, have entered into contractual lock-up agreements with the underwriters of the IPO pursuant to which they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise transfer any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock until May 2, 2018. We and the lead underwriter in the IPO may, however, permit these holders to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters. On May 2, 2018, up to 13,169,506 shares of Class A common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market, including 9,600,558 shares held by directors, executive officers and other affiliates that will be subject to volume and other limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act.
Delaware law and provisions in our restated charter and bylaws could make a merger, tender offer or proxy contest difficult, thereby depressing the trading price of Class A common stock.
 
Our status as a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay, or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change of control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. Our restated charter and bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult, including the following:
 
our dual class common stock structure provides holders of Class B common stock with the ability to control the outcome of matters requiring stockholder approval, even if they own significantly less than a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock;
when the outstanding shares of Class B common stock represent less than a majority of the combined voting power of common stock:stock;
amendments to our restated charter or bylaws will require the approval of two-thirds of the combined vote of our then-outstanding shares of Class A and Class B common stock;
vacancies on the board of directors will be able to be filled only by the board and not by stockholders;
the board, which currently is not staggered, will be automatically separated into three classes with staggered three-year terms;
directors will only be able to be removed from office for cause; and
our stockholders will only be able to take action at a meeting and not by written consent;
only our chair, our chief executive officer or a majority of our directors is authorized to call a special meeting of stockholders;
advance notice procedures apply for stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;
our restated charter authorizes undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established, and shares of which may be issued, without stockholder approval; and
cumulative voting in the election of directors is prohibited.
 
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, including Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders holding more than 15% of our outstanding voting stock from engaging in certain business combinations with us. Any provision of our charter or bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of Class A common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for Class A common stock.
 

Our restated charter designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or stockholders.
 
Our restated charter provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:
 
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us, our stockholders, creditors or other constituents by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders;
any action asserting a claim arising under the Delaware General Corporation Law, our charter or bylaws, or as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; or
any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
 
By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our restated charter related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provision in our restated charter may limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our restated charter to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.
 
Prior to the IPO, noneThe experience of the current members of our management team had experiencein managing a publicly traded company, interacting with public company investors and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies.companies is limited to their experience with our company since our initial public offering in November 2017. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our management team and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
 
We are currently an “emerging growth company,” and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make Class A common stock less attractive to investors.
 
We are currently an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted, and intend, to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements. We cannot predict whether investors will find the Class A common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market, and more volatile trading price, for Class A common stock.
 
43

 
We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
 
As a public company, and particularly after we cease to be an “emerging growth company,” we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, and the rules and regulations of Nasdaq. These requirements have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as our executive officers or on the board of directors, particularly to serve on the audit and compensation committees.
 
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning with respect to the year ending December 31, 2018, Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or Section 404, will require our management to perform system and process evaluation and testing to allow it to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 
We are currently evaluating our internal controls, identifying and remediating deficiencies in those internal controls and documenting the results of our evaluation, testing and remediation. Please see “—Our management and auditors identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that, if not properly remediated, could result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements that could cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.”
 
Investor perceptions of our company may suffer if deficiencies are found, which could cause a decline in the market price of our stock. Irrespective of compliance with Section 404, any failure of our internal control over financial reporting could have a material adverse effect on our stated operating results and harm our reputation. If we are unable to implement these requirements effectively or efficiently, it could harm our operations, financial reporting, or financial results and could result in an adverse opinion on our internal controls from our independent registered public accounting firm.
 
In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.
 
44
Item 2: Properties
 
Item 1B: Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2: Properties
We have occupied our current corporate headquarters in Fremont, California, since February 2008, under a lease that, as amended in March 2017,February 2019, extends through March 2019. 2021.
We conduct our research and development, and manufacturing and service support operations, and a portion of manufacturing in aour ACM Shanghai headquarters. This facility consists of approximately 60,000 square feet, of which 36,000 square feet are allocated for manufacturing, and is dedicated to manufacturing, located in the Zhangjiang Hi­Hi Tech Park in Shanghai, PRC.Shanghai. We have leased this facility since 2007. The lease terms and its payment terms are subject to modification and extension with Zhangjiang Group from time to time. We extended the lease for a 60-month term from January 1, 2018 until January 1, 2022.

In January 2018, ACM Shanghai entered into an operating lease for a second manufacturing space located in Shanghai, ten miles from its headquarters. The lease with Zhangjiang Group expiredcovers a total of 103,318 square feet, of which 50,000 square feet are allocated for production. The lease term is five years and expires on December 31, 2017 and we are now leasing the property on a month-­to-­month basis as we negotiate the terms of the lease. January 15, 2022.
In addition, we provide sales support and customer service operations from leased office space in Jiangying PRC,and Wuxi in the PRC, and Icheon in Korea.
 
ItemItem 3: Legal Proceedings
 
From time to time we may become involved in legal proceedings or may be subject to claims arising in the ordinary course of our business. Although the results of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, we currently believe that the final outcome of these ordinary course matters will not have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
 
Item 4: Mine Safety Disclosures
 
Not applicable.
 
PART II
 
Item 5:

PART II
Item 5. 
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
Information Regarding the Trading of Common Stock

The Class A common stock has traded on NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “ACMR” since November 3, 2017.Prior to that time, there was no public market for the Class A common stock. The table below lists the high and low sales prices of the Class A common stock, as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market.
 
 
High
 
 
Low
 
Fourth Quarter 2017 (from November 3, 2017)
 $8.48 
 $4.91 
The Class B common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Holders of Common Stock
 
As of March 19, 2018,8, 2019, there were 13614,176,690 holders of record of shares of Class A common stock and 581,898,423 holders of record of shares of Class B common stock. The actual number of holders of Class A common stock is substantially greater and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners and whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
 
Dividends
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the growth and development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare cash dividends on Class A and Class common stock will be made at the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on various factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity requirements, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that the board may deem relevant.
Our ability to pay dividends on Class A and Class B common stock depends significantly on our receiving distributions of funds from our subsidiaries in the PRC. PRC statutory laws and regulations permit payments of dividends by those subsidiaries only out of their retained earnings, which are determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations that differ from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The PRC regulations and our subsidiaries’ articles of association require annual appropriations of 10% of net after-tax profits to be set aside, prior to payment of dividends, as a reserve or surplus fund, which restricts our subsidiaries’ ability to transfer a portion of their net assets to us. As of December 31, 2017, no cash was restricted under those PRC regulations or our subsidiaries’ articles because our subsidiaries had never generated net after-tax profits. In addition, our subsidiaries’ short-term bank loans restrict their ability to pay dividends to us.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
 
The information required by this item will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement we will file in connection with our 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated by reference herein.
 
Sales of Unregistered Securities
 
Set forth below is information regarding the shares of capital stock and options granted by uswe issued in 20172018 that were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933.1933:
 
(1)
We granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 336,671 shares of Class A common stock, with exercise prices ranging from $5.60 to $7.50 per share.
(2) 
We issued an aggregate of 472,88994,694 shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of stock options at per share exercise prices ranging from $0.75 to $3.00.$3.00 per share.
(3) (2)
In March 20172018 we issued a warrant to acquire 397,502 shares of Class A common stock pursuant to an exercise of a warrant issued in March 2017 in exchange for an aggregate purchase pricea senior secured promissory note in the principal amount of $2,981,265.approximately $3 million.
 
(4) 
In March 2017 we issued 4,998,508 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $5,800,000.
(5) 
In August 2017 we issued 1,119,576 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $8,396,820.
(6) 
In August 2017 we issued 787,098 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $5,903,235.
(7) 
In September 2017 we issued 133,334 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $1,000,000.
(8) 
In November 2017 we issued 1,333,334 shares of Class A common stock in a concurrent private placement at a price of $5.60 per share.
(9) 
In November 2017 we issued warrants to acquire an aggregate of 80,000 shares of Class A common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $492,800.
The offers, sales, grants and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (1) and (2) were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 in reliance on Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, officers, directors, bona fide consultants and advisors and received the securities under our 1998 Stock Option Plan, written compensation contracts or our 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. Each of the recipients of securities in these transactions had adequate access, through employment, business or other relationships, to information about us.
The offer, sale and issuance of the securities described in paragraphs (3) through (9)paragraph (1) were exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 by virtue of Section 4(a)(2) thereof (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder) because the issuance of securities to the recipients did not involve a public offering, or in reliance on Rule 701 because the transaction was pursuant to a contract relating to compensation as provided under such rule. The offer, sale and issuance of the security described in paragraph (2) was deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the issuance of the securities to the accredited investors did not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in thesethe transactions under paragraphs (1) and (2) acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients of the securities in these transactions were accredited investors under Rule 501 of Regulation D.
 
Use of Proceeds
The Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 220451) for the IPO was declared effective by the SEC on November 2, 2017. Shares of Class A common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on November 3, 2017.
The underwriters of the IPO were Roth Capital Partners, LLC, Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC and The Benchmark Company, LLC. The offering commenced on November 2, 2017 and did not terminate until the sale of all of the shares offered.
We paid to the underwriters of the IPO underwriting discounts and commissions totaling $841,036 in connection with the sale of 2,233,000 shares of Class A common stock. In addition, we incurred expenses of $1.9 million which, when added to the underwriting discounts and commissions, amounted to total expenses of $2.7 million. As a result, the IPO net proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses, were $17.3 million. No offering expenses were paid directly or indirectly to any of our directors or officers (or their associates) or persons owning 10.0% or more of any class of our equity securities or to any other affiliates.
There has been no material change in the planned use of IPO proceeds from that described in the final prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933 on November 3, 2017.
To date we have applied $7.8 million of the proceeds to purchase inventories and $1.0 million in our normal course of business operations.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
None.
Transfer Agent
 
The transfer agent and registrar for the Class A common stock and the Class B common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
 
Item 6: Selected Financial Data
Not applicable.

 
Item 7.                  
47
Item 7: Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included in this report. In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involves risks, uncertainties and assumptions. See “Forward-Looking Statements and Statistical Data” at page 42 of this report. Please read “Item1A. Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from our expectations.
expectations
 
Overview
 
We supply advanced, innovative capital equipment developed for the global semiconductor industry. Fabricators of advanced integrated circuits, or chips, can use our single-wafer wet-cleaning tools in numerous steps to improve product yield, even at increasingly advanced process nodes. We have designed these tools for use in fabricating foundry, logic and memory chips, including dynamic random-access memory (or DRAM) and 3D NAND-flash memory chips. We also develop, manufacture and sell single-wafer wet cleaning equipment, which semiconductor manufacturers can use in numerous manufacturing stepsa range of advanced packaging tools to remove particles, contaminantswafer assembly and other random defects, and thereby improve product yield, in fabricating advanced integrated circuits, or chips. Our Ultra C equipment is designed to remove random defects from a wafer surface effectively, without damaging a wafer or its features, even at an increasingly advanced process node (the minimum line width on a chip) of 22 nanometers, or nm, or less. Our equipment is based on our innovative, proprietary Space Alternated Phase Shift, or SAPS, and Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation, or TEBO, technologies. We developed our proprietary technologies to enable manufacturers to produce chips that reach their ultimate physical limitations while maintaining product yield, which is the percentage of chips on a wafer that meet manufacturing specificationspackaging customers.
 
Selling prices for our single-wafer wet-cleaning tools range from $2 million to more than $5 million. Revenue from single-wafer wet-cleaning tools totaled $68.5 million, or 92% of total revenue, in 2018 and $27.1 million, or 74% of total revenue, in 2017. Our customers for single-wafer wet-cleaning tools include Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, SK Hynix Inc. and Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd.
We seek to marketfocus our wet processing equipment by firstselling efforts on establishing a referenceable base of leading foundry, logic and memory chip makers, whose use of our products can influence decisions by other manufacturers. We believe this processcustomer base will help us to penetrate the mature integrated circuitchip manufacturing markets and to build credibility with additional industry leaders. WeUsing a “demo-to-sales” process, we have placed evaluation SAPS equipment, or “first tools,” with a number of selected memory and logic chip customers sincecustomers. Since 2009 and recognized revenue from SAPS equipment since 2011. Using a similar “demo-to-sales” process, we began placing TEBO evaluation equipment with selected customers in 2016 and recognized revenue from our initial sale of TEBO equipment in December 2016. As of December 31, 2017, we had sold and deployedhave delivered more than 3055 single-wafer wet cleaning tools. We recognizedtools, more than 50 of which have been accepted by customers and thereby generated revenue fromto us and the selected customers’ purchasesbalance of which are awaiting customer acceptance should contractual conditions be met.
Since our formation in 1998, we have focused on building a strategic portfolio of intellectual property to support and protect our key innovations. Our wet-cleaning equipment has been developed using our key proprietary technologies:
Space Alternated Phase Shift, or SAPS, technology for flat and patterned wafer surfaces, which employs alternating phases of megasonic waves to deliver megasonic energy in a highly uniform manner on a microscopic level;
Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation, or TEBO, technology for patterned wafer surfaces at advanced process nodes, which provides effective, damage-free cleaning for 2D and 3D patterned wafers with fine feature sizes; and
Tahoe technology for cost and environmental savings, which delivers high cleaning performance using significantly less sulfuric acid and hydrogen peroxide than is typically consumed by conventional high-temperature single-wafer wet cleaning equipment totaling $27.1 million, or 74.2% of our revenue, in 2017 and $21.5 million, or 78.4% of our revenue, in 2016.tools.
 
We market and sell our products worldwide using a combination of our direct sales force and third-party representatives. We employ direct sales teamshave been issued more than 220 patents in Asia, Europe and North America, and have located these teams near our customers, primarily inthe United States, the People’s Republic of China or PRC, Japan, Korea, TaiwanSingapore and Taiwan.
We conduct substantially all of our product development, manufacturing, support and services in the United States. To supplementPRC. All of our direct sales teams, we have contacts with several independent sales representativestools are built to order at our manufacturing facilities in Shanghai, which encompass 86,000 square feet of floor space for production capacity. Our experience has shown that chip manufacturers in the PRC Taiwan and Korea.throughout Asia demand equipment meeting their specific technical requirements and prefer building relationships with local suppliers. We also provide after-sales serviceswill continue to seek to leverage our customerslocal presence to address the growing market for semiconductor manufacturing equipment in the region by installing new replacement parts as well as making small scale modificationsworking closely with regional chip manufacturers to improveunderstand their specific requirements, encourage them to adopt our customers’ product yields.SAPS, TEBO and Tahoe technologies, and enable us to design innovative products and solutions to address their needs.
 
We established our operational center in Shanghai in 2006 to help us establish and build relationships with chip manufacturers in China and throughout Asia. In addition to our SAPS and TEBO tools, we offer a range of custom-made wafer assembly and packaging equipment, such as coaters and developers, to wafer assembly and packaging factories, principally in the PRC.
 
Corporate Background
 
ACM Research was incorporated in California in 1998 and redomesticated toin Delaware in November 2016. Key eventsWe perform strategic planning, marketing, and financial activities at our global corporate headquarters in our corporate development have included:Fremont, California.
 
Initially we focused on developing tools for semiconductorchip manufacturing process steps involving the integration of ultra-low-K materials and copper. In the early 2000s we sold tools based on stress-free copper-polishingcopper polishing technology.
 
● 
In 2006 we moved our operational center to Shanghai, where we began to conduct our business through our subsidiary ACM Shanghai. This move was made toTo help us establish and build relationships with chip manufacturers in the PRC. We have financedPRC, in 2006 we moved our operations in partoperational center to Shanghai and began to conduct our business through the sale of minority equity interests inour subsidiary ACM Shanghai.
● 
In 2007 we began to focus our development efforts on single-wafer wet-cleaning solutions for the front-end chip fabrication process.
48
● 
In 2008 ACM Shanghai received an initial grant from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC. The grant relates to the development and commercialization of 65nm to 45nm stress-free polishing technology.
 
In 2009 we introduced SAPS megasonic technology, which can be applied in wet wafer cleaning at numerous steps during the chip fabrication process.
In 2016 we introduced TEBO technology, which can be applied at numerous steps during the fabrication of small node conventional two-dimensional and three-dimensional patterned wafers. In August 2018, we introduced the Ultra-C Tahoe wafer cleaning tool, which delivers high cleaning performance with significantly less sulfuric acid than typically consumed by conventional high temperature single-wafer cleaning tools.
 
In December 2017 we formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the Republic of Korea, ACM Research Korea CO., LTD., to serve our customers based in the Republic of Korea and perform sales, marketing, and research and development activities. We currently conduct the majority of our product development, support and services, and substantially all of our manufacturing at ACM Shanghai. Our Shanghai operations position us to be near many of our current and potential new customers in the PR (including Taiwan), Korea and throughout Asia, providing convenient access and reduced shipping and manufacturing costs.
 
In 2011 ACM Shanghai formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the PRC, ACM Research (Wuxi), Inc., to manage sales and service operations.
● 
In 2014 ACM Shanghai received an additional grant from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC. The grant relates to the development of electro copper-plating technology.
● 
In March 2016 we introduced TEBO technology, which can be applied at numerous steps during the fabrication of small node conventional two-dimensional and three-dimensional patterned wafers.
● 
In March and August 2017, we entered into agreements pursuant to which we will acquire all of the outstanding minority equity interests in ACM Shanghai by no later than December 31, 2017, as described below under “—Recent Equity Transactions—Acquisition of Outstanding Minority Interests in Our Operating Company.”
● 
In June 2017 we formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, CleanChip Technologies Limited, to act on our behalf in Asian markets outside the PRC by, for example, serving as a trading partner between ACM Shanghai and its customers, procuring raw materials and components, performing sales and marketing activities, and making strategic investments.
 
In September 2017, ACM effectuated2018, we announced the opening of a 1-for-3 reverse stock split, orsecond factory in the Reverse Split,Pudong region of Class A and Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all share numbers, per share amount, share prices, exercise prices and conversion rates set forthShanghai. The new facility has a total of 50,000 square feet of available floor space for production capacity. This is in those notes andaddition to our first factory in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the Reverse Split.
● 
In November 2017 ACM issued 2,233,000 sharesPudong Region of Class A common stock and received net proceedsShanghai, which has a total of $11,664,000 from our initial public offering, or the IPO, and concurrently ACM issued additional 1,333,334 shares36,000 square feet of Class A common stock through a private placement for net proceeds of $7,053,000.
available floor space.
 
Recent Equity Transactions
 
Issuance and Subsequent Exercise of Warrant
 
In December 2016 Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership, or SMC, delivered to our subsidiary ACM Shanghaipaid 20,123,500 RMB (approximately $3.0($3.0 million as of the date of funding) in cash, which we refer to as the SMC Investment,ACM Shanghai for potential investment pursuant to terms to be subsequently negotiated. SMC is a PRC limited partnership owned by Jian Wang and other employees of our subsidiary ACM Shanghai. Jian Wang, who is the general partner of SMC, is our Vice President, Research and Development and the brother of David H. Wang, who is our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President, David H. Wang, and other employees of ACM Shanghai.Board. In March 2017connection with that investment, we issued to SMC in March 2017 a warrant exercisable to purchase 397,502 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $7.50 per share, for a total exercise price of approximately $3.0 million. The warrant may be exercisedwas exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the option of SMC, at any time on or before May 17, 2023 to acquire all, but not less than all, of the shares of Class A common stock subject to the warrant.
● 
If SMC does not exercise the warrant by May 17, 2023, ACM Shanghai will be obligated, subject to approval of PRC governmental authorities and ACM Shanghai’s equity holders, to deliver an equity interest of 3.6394% (subject to dilution) in satisfaction of the SMC Investment.
● 
If SMC exercises the warrant or SMC does not exercise the warrant and the issuance of the equity interest in ACM Shanghai is not completed by August 17, 2023 due to the inability of the parties to obtain required governmental or equity holder approvals, then ACM Shanghai will be obligated to pay to SMC, in satisfaction of the SMC Investment, an amount equal to approximately $3.0 million.
In connection with the completion of IPO on November 2, 2017, we issued a five-year warrant to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the Company's IPO underwriter, up to 80,000 shares ("Underwriter's Warrant) of the Company's Class A common stock at the exercise price of $6.16. The Underwriter's Warrant is immediately exercisable and expires on November 1, 2022. 
49
Acquisition of Outstanding Minority Interests in Our Operating Company
Until August 31, 2017, ACM Research owned 62.87% of the outstanding equity interests in ACM Shanghai and three PRC-based third-party investors held the remaining 37.13% of equity interests, which were reflected as “non-controlling interests” in our consolidated balance sheets and related notes. We took the following actions in order to enable ACM Research to acquire, consistent with requirements of arrangements previously entered into in connection with the investors’ acquisition of ACM Shanghai equity interests, the outstanding non-controlling interests in ACM Shanghai:
In March 20172018 we entered into a securities purchasewarrant exercise agreement with Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd., or SSTVC, which held 18.77% of the ACM Shanghai equity interests. Pursuant to that agreement, effective as of August 31, 2017, we (a) acquired, for a purchase price of $5.8 million, SSTVC’s equity interests in ACM Shanghai and (b)SMC pursuant to which SMC exercised the SMC warrant in full by issuance to us of a senior secured promissory note in the principal amount of $3.0 million. We transferred the SMC note to ACM Shanghai, in exchange for an intercompany promissory note issued by ACM Shanghai to SSTVC, for a purchase priceus in the principal amount of $5.8 million, shares of Series E preferred stock that has converted, upon the closing$3.0 million. Each of the IPO, into 1,666,170two notes bears interest at a rate of 3.01% per annum and matures on August 17, 2023. As security for its performance of its obligations under its note, SMC granted to ACM Shanghai a security interest in the 397,502 shares of Class A common stock at an effective purchase priceissued to SMC upon its exercise of $3.48 per share.
the warrant.
 
In August 2017 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Shanghai Pudong High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd., or PDHTI, and its subsidiary Pudong Science and Technology (Cayman) Co., Ltd., or PST, pursuant to which we (a) submitted the winning bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase PDHTI’s 10.78% equity interests in ACM Shanghai, which we completed on November 8, 2017, and (b) issued to PST, on September 8, 2017, 1,119,576 shares of Class A common stock for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price of $8.4 million.

 
In August 2017 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Shanghai Zhangjiang Science & Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd., or ZSTVC, and its subsidiary Zhangjiang AJ Company Limited, or ZJAJ, pursuant to which we (a) submitted the winning bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase ZSTVC’s 7.58% equity interests in ACM Shanghai, which we completed on November 8, 2017, and (b) issued to ZJAJ, on September 8, 2017, 787,098 shares of Class A common stock for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $5.9 million.
Since November 8, 2017, ACM Research has owned all of the outstanding equity interests in ACM Shanghai.
Strategic Investment in Key Supplier
 
Ninebell Co., Ltd., or Ninebell, which is located in Seoul, Korea, is the principal supplier of robotic delivery system subassemblies used in our single-wafer cleaning equipment. On September 6, 2017 we and Ninebell entered into:
 
an ordinary share purchase agreement, effective as of September 11, 2017, pursuant to which, contemporaneously with signing, Ninebell issued to us, for a purchase price of $1.2 million, ordinary shares representing 20% of Ninebell’s post-closing equity; and
a common stock purchase agreement, effective as of September 11, 2017, pursuant to which, contemporaneously with signing, we issued 133,334 shares of Class A common stock to Ninebell for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $1.0 million.
 
In addition, under the ordinary share purchase agreement, Ninebell granted us a preemptive right for all future issuances of equity-related securities by Ninebell and the founder of Ninebell, who is the only other equity holder of Ninebell, granted us a right of first refusal with respect to any future sales of his equity securities.
 
IPO and Concurrent Private Placements
In November 2017 we issued 2,233,000 shares of Class A common stock and received net proceeds of $11.7 million from our initial public offering, or the IPO, and concurrently we issued an additional 1,333,334 shares of Class A common stock through a private placement for net proceeds of $7.1 million.
Acquisition of Outstanding Minority Interests in ACM Shanghai
Until August 31, 2017, ACM Research owned 62.87% of the outstanding equity interests in ACM Shanghai and three PRC-based third-party investors held the remaining 37.13% of equity interests, which were reflected as “non-controlling interests” in our consolidated balance sheets and related notes. In 2017 we took the following actions in order to enable ACM Research to acquire, consistent with requirements of arrangements previously entered into in connection with the investors’ acquisition of ACM Shanghai equity interests, the outstanding non-controlling interests in ACM Shanghai:
In March 2017 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd., or SSTVC, which held 18.77% of the ACM Shanghai equity interests. Pursuant to that agreement, effective as of August 31, 2017, we (a) acquired, for a purchase price of $5.8 million, SSTVC’s equity interests in ACM Shanghai and (b) issued to SSTVC, for a purchase price of $5.8 million, shares of Series E preferred stock that has converted, upon the closing of the IPO, into 1,666,170 shares of Class A common stock, at an effective purchase price of $3.48 per share.
In August 2017 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Shanghai Pudong High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd., or PDHTI, and its subsidiary Pudong Science and Technology (Cayman) Co., Ltd., or PST, pursuant to which we (a) submitted the winning bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase PDHTI’s 10.78% equity interests in ACM Shanghai, which we completed on November 8, 2017, and (b) issued to PST, on September 8, 2017, 1,119,576 shares of Class A common stock for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price of $8.4 million.
In August 2017 we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Shanghai Zhangjiang Science & Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd., or ZSTVC, and its subsidiary Zhangjiang AJ Company Limited, or ZJAJ, pursuant to which we (a) submitted the winning bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase ZSTVC’s 7.58% equity interests in ACM Shanghai, which we completed on November 8, 2017, and (b) issued to ZJAJ, on September 8, 2017, 787,098 shares of Class A common stock for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $5.9 million.
Since November 8, 2017, ACM Research has owned all of the outstanding equity interests in ACM Shanghai.

Key Components of Results of Operations
 
Revenue
 
We develop, manufacture and sell single-wafer wet cleaning equipment and custom-made wafer assembly and packaging equipment. Because we currently sell our capital equipment, or tools to a small number of customers and we customize those tools to fulfill the customers’ specific requirements, our revenue generation fluctuates, depending on the length of the sales, development and evaluation phases:
 
50
Sales and DevelopmentDevelopment.. During the sale process we may, depending on a prospective customer’s specifications and requirements, need to perform additional research, development and testing to establish that a tool can meet the prospective customer’s requirements. We then host an in-house demonstration of the customized tool prototype. Sales cycles for orders that require limited customization and do not require that we develop new technology usually take from 6 to 12 months, while the product life cycle, including the initial design, demonstration and final assembly phases, for orders requiring development and testing of new technologies can take as long as 2 to 4 years. As we expand our customer base, we expect to gain more repeat purchase orders for tools that we have already developed and tested, which will eliminate the need for a demonstration phase and shorten the development cycle.
Evaluation PeriodsPeriods.. When a chip manufacturer proposes to purchase a particular type of tool from us for the first time, we offer the manufacturer an opportunity to evaluate the tool for a period that can extend for 24 months or longer. We do not receive any payment on first-time purchases until the tool is accepted. As a result, we may spend between $1.0 and $2.0 million to produce a tool without receiving payment for more than 24 months or, if the tool is not accepted, without receiving any payment. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—We may incur significant expenses long before we can recognize revenue from new products, if at all, due to the costs and length of research, development, manufacturing and customer evaluation process cycles.”
Purchase OrdersOrders.. In accordance with industry practice, sales of our tools are made pursuant to purchase orders. Each purchase order from a customer for one of our tools contains specific technical requirements intended to ensure, among other things, that the tool will be compatible with the customer’s manufacturing process line. Until a purchase order is received, we do not have a binding purchase commitment. Our SAPS and TEBO customers to date have provided us with non-binding one- to two-year forecasts of their anticipated demands, and we expect future customers to furnish similar non-binding forecasts for planning purposes. Any of those forecasts would be subject to change, however, by the customer at any time, without notice to us.
FulfillmentFulfillment.. We seek to obtain a purchase order for a tool from three to four months in advance of the expected delivery date. Depending upon the nature of a customer’s specifications, the lead time for production of a tool generally will extend from two to four months. The lead-time can be as long as six months, however, and in some cases we may need to begin producing a tool based on a customer’s non-binding forecast, rather than waiting to receive a binding purchase order.
 
We expect our sales prices generally to range between $2.5from $2 million and $5.0to more than $5 million for SAPs tools and between $3.5 million and $6.5 million for TEBOour single-wafer wet cleaning tools. The sales price of a particular tool will vary depending upon the required specifications. We have designed equipment models using a modular configuration that we customize to meet customers’ technical specifications. For example, our Ultra C models for SAPS, TEBO and TEBOTahoe solutions use common modular configurations that enable us to create a wet-cleaning tool meeting a customer’s specific requirements, while using pre-existing designs for chamber, electrical, chemical delivery and other modules.
 
Because of the relatively large purchase prices of our tools, customers generally pay in installments. For a customer’s repeat purchase of a particular type of tool, the specific payment terms are negotiated in connection with acceptance milestones of a purchase order. Based on our limited experience with repeat sales of SAPS and TEBOour tools, we expect that we will receive an initial payment upon delivery of a tool in connection with a repeat purchase, with the balance being paid once the tool has been tested and accepted by the customer. Our sales arrangements for repeat purchases do not include a general right of return.
 
Since introducing SAPS technology in 2009, we have focused on selling SAPS-based tools and, beginning in 2016, TEBO-based tools. Our revenue from sales of single-wafer wet cleaning equipment totaled $27.1 million, or 74.2% of our revenue, in 2017 and $21.5 million, or 78.4% of our revenue, in 2016.
We have generated most of our revenue from a limited number of customers as the result of our strategy of initially placing SAPS- and TEBO-based equipment with a small number of leading chip manufacturers that are driving technology trends and key capability implementation. In 2017, 55.2% of our revenue was derived from four customers: SK Hynix Inc., a leading Korean memory chip company that accounted for 18.1% of our revenue; Shanghai Huali Integrated Circuit Research and Development Center Ltd., a public research consortia for the Chinese semiconductor industry that accounted for 14.1% of our revenue; JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 12.8% of our revenue; and Yangtze Memory Technologies Co., Ltd., a leading PRC memory chip company that, together with one of its subsidiaries, accounted for 10.2% of our revenue. In 2016 99.3% of our revenue was derived from four customers: Shanghai Huali Microelectronics Corporation, which accounted for 33.7% of our revenue; Semiconductor Manufacturing International Corporation, a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 25.0% of our revenue; SK Hynix Inc., which accounted for 24.0% of our revenue; and JiangYin ChangDian Advanced Packaging Co. Ltd., a leading PRC foundry that accounted for 16.6% of our revenue.
51
 
Based on our market experience, we believe that implementation of our equipment by one of our selected leading companies will attract and encourage other manufacturers to evaluate our equipment, because the leading company’s implementation will serve as validation of our equipment and will enable the other manufacturers to shorten their evaluation processes. We placed our first SAPS-based tool in 2009 as a prototype. We worked closely with the customer for two years in debugging and modifying the tool, and the customer then spent two more years of qualification and running pilot production before beginning volume manufacturing. We expect that the period from new product introduction to high volume manufacturing will be three years or less in the future. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Business—We depend on a small number of customers for a substantial portion of our revenue, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in orders from, one or more of our major customers could have a material adverse effect on our revenue and operating results. There are also a limited number of potential customers for our products.”
 
All of our sales in 20162018 and 2017 were to customers located in Asia, and we anticipate that a substantial majority of our revenue will continue to come from customers located in this region for the near future. We have increased our sales efforts to penetrate the markets in North America and Western Europe.
 
We utilize the guidance set forth in the FASB’s ASC Topic 605,Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2014-09, Revenue Recognitionfrom Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, regarding the recognition, presentation and disclosure of revenue in our financial statements. We recognize revenue when: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred and the major risks and remunerations of ownership have been transferred to the customer; collectability is probable; and the selling price is fixed or determinable,statements as described below under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates—Revenue Recognition.”
 
We offer extended maintenance service contracts to provide services such as trouble-shooting or fine-tuning tools, and installing spare parts, following expiration of applicable initial warranty coverage periods, which for sales to date have extended from 12 to 36 months as described under “—Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates—Warranty.” A limited number of the single-wafer wet cleaning tools we have sold to date are no longer covered by their initial warranties. In 20162018 and 2017, we received payments for parts and labor for service activities provided from time to time, but as of December 31, 20172018 we had not yet entered into extended maintenance service contracts with respect to any of the tools for which initial warranty coverage had expired. We expect to enter into extended maintenance service contracts with customers as additional initial warranties expire, but we do not expect revenue from extended maintenance service contracts to represent a material portion of our revenue in the future.
 
The loss or delay of one or more large sale transactions in a quarter could impact our results of operations for that quarter and any future quarters for which revenue from that transaction is lost or delayed, as described under “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—Our quarterly operating results can be difficult to predict and can fluctuate substantially, which could result in volatility in the price of Class A common stock.” It is difficult to predict accurately when, or even if, we can complete a sale of a tool to a potential customer or to increase sales to any existing customer. Our tool demand forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, including non-binding forecasts received from customers years in advance, each of which may introduce error into our estimates. Difficulties in forecasting demand for our tools make it difficult for us to project future operating results and may lead to periodic inventory shortages or excess spending on inventory or on tools that may not be purchased, as further described in “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—Difficulties in forecasting demand for our tools may lead to periodic inventory shortages or excess spending on inventory items that may not be used.”
 
Cost of Revenue
 
Cost of revenue for capital equipment consists primarily of:
 
direct costs, which consist principally of costs of tool components and subassemblies purchased from third-party vendors;
compensation of personnel associated with our manufacturing operations, including stock-based compensation;
depreciation of manufacturing equipment;
amortization of costs of software used for manufacturing purposes;
other expenses attributable to our manufacturing department; and
allocated overhead for rent and utilities.

 
We are not party to any long-term purchasing agreements with suppliers. Please see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry—Our customers do not enter into long-term purchase commitments, and they may decrease, cancel or delay their projected purchases at any time.”
 
As our customer base and tool installations continue to grow, we will need to hire additional manufacturing personnel. The rates at which we add customers and install tools will affect the level and time of this spending. In addition, because we often import components and spare parts from the United States, we have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, the effect of the dollar’s growth on our cost of revenue.
 
52
Gross Margin
 
Our gross margin was 46.2% in 2018 and 47.2% in 2017 and 48.7% in 2016.2017. Gross margin may vary from period to period, primarily related to the level of utilization and the timing and mix of purchase orders. We expect gross margin to berange between 40% and 45% for the foreseeable future, with direct manufacturing costs approximating 50% to 55% of revenue and overhead costs totaling approximately 5% of revenue. The higher margin in 2016 and 2017 were primarily due to two systems manufactured under governmental subsidies (see “—PRC Government Research and Development Funding” below), which were sold for $1.8 million and $3.7 million in 2016. Costs associated with these systems were recorded as research and development expenses as these systems were research and development in nature and had not reached the final product manufacture stage. The related research and development expense was recorded as reduction of our research and development expense as incurred.
 
We seek to maintain our gross margin by continuing to develop proprietary technologies that avoid pricing pressure for our wet cleaning equipment. We actively manage our operations through principles of operational excellence designed to ensure continuing improvement in the efficiency and quality of our manufacturing operations by, for example, implementing factory constraint management and change control and inventory management systems. In addition, our purchasing department actively seeks to identify and negotiate supply contracts with improved pricing to reduce cost of revenue.
 
A significant portion of our raw materials are denominated in Renminbi, or RMB, while the majority of our purchase orders are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, currency exchange rates may have a significant effect on our gross margin. For further information, please see “Exchange Rate Information.”
 
Operating Expenses
 
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, growth in the dollar amount of our operating expenses, as we make investments to support the anticipated growth of our customer base and the continued development of proprietary technologies. As we continue to grow our business, we expect operating expenses to increase in absolute dollars.
 
Sales and Marketing
 
Sales and marketing expense accounted for 12.9% of our revenue in 2018 and 15.1% of our revenue in 2017 and 14.3% of our revenue in 2016.2017. Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of:
 
compensation of personnel associated with pre- and after-sales support and other sales and marketing activities, including stock-based compensation;
sales commissions paid to independent sales representatives;
fees paid to sales consultants;
shipping and handling costs for transportation of products to customers;
cost of trade shows;
travel and entertainment; and
allocated overhead for rent and utilities.
 
Sales and marketing expense can be significant and may fluctuate, in part because of the resource-intensive nature of our sales efforts and the length and variability of our sales cycle. The length of our sales cycle, from initial contact with a customer to the execution of a purchase order, is generally 6 to 24 months.
 
During the sales cycle, we expend significant time and money on sales and marketing activities, including educating customers about our tools, participating in extended tool evaluations and configuring our tools to customer-specific needs. Sales and marketing expense in a given period can be particularly affected by the increase in travel and entertainment expenses associated with the finalization of purchase orders or the installation of tools.
 

We expect that, for the foreseeable future, sales and marketing expense will increase in absolute dollars, as we continue to invest in sales and marketing by hiring additional employees and expanding marketing programs in existing or new markets. We must invest in sales and marketing processes in order to develop and maintain close relationships with customers. We are making dollar-based investments in dollars in order to support growth of our customer base in the United States, and the relative strength of the dollar could have a significant effect on our sales and marketing expense.
 
53
Research and Development
 
Research and development expense accounted for 13.9% of our revenue in 2018 and 14.1% of our revenue in 2017 and 11.9% of our revenue in 2016.2017. Research and development expense relates to the development of new products and processes and encompasses our research, development and customer support activities. Research and development expense consists primarily of:
 
compensation of personnel associated with our research and development activities, including stock-based compensation;
costs of components and other research and development supplies;
travel expense associated with customer support;
amortization of costs of software used for research and development purposes; and
allocated overhead for rent and utilities.
 
Some of our research and development has been funded by grants from the PRC government, as described in “—PRC Government Research and Development Funding” below.
 
We expect that, for the foreseeable future, research and development expense will increase in absolute dollars and will range between 10%18% and 12%22% of revenue, as we continue to invest in research and development to advance our technologies. We intend to continue to invest in research and development to support and enhance our existing single-wafer wet cleaning products and to develop future product offerings to build and maintain our technology leadership position.
 
General and Administrative
 
General and administrative expense accounted for 10.7% of our revenue in 2018 and 16.1% of our revenue in 2017 and 9.8% of our revenue in 2016.2017. General and administrative expense consists primarily of:
 
compensation of executive, accounting and finance, human resources, information technology, and other administrative personnel, including stock-based compensation;
professional fees, including accounting and legal fees;
other corporate expenses; and
allocated overhead for rent and utilities.
 
We expect that, for the foreseeable future, general and administrative expense will increase in absolute dollars, as we incur additional costs associated with growing our business and operating as a public company.company, but will continue to decrease as a percentage of our total revenue.
 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense
 
We grant stock options to employees and non-employee consultants and directors, and we accounts for those stock-based awards in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation and ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees, each as adopted by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB.
 
Stock-based awards granted to employees are measured at the fair value of the awards on the grant date and are recognized as expenses either (a) immediately on grant, if no vesting conditions are required, or (b) using the graded vesting method, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense, when recognized, is charged to cost of revenue or to the category of operating expense corresponding to the employee’s service function.
Stock-based awards granted to non-employees are accounted for at the fair value of the awards at the earlier of (a) the date at which a commitment for performance by the non-employee to earn the awards is reached and (b) the date at which the non-employee’s performance is complete. The fair value of such non-employee awards is re-measured at each reporting date using the fair value at each period end until the vesting date. Changes in fair value between the reporting dates are recognized by the graded vesting method.
 
54

 
Cost of revenue and operating expenses during the periods presented below have included stock-based compensation as follows:
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017  
 
 
2016  
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Stock-Based Compensation Expense:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
 $21 
 $11 
 $71 
 $21 
Sales and marketing expense
  53 
  5 
  120 
  53 
Research and development expense
  50 
  5 
  255 
  50 
General and administrative expense
  1,499 
  362 
  2,917 
  1,499 
 $1,623 
 $383 
 $3,363 
 $1,623 
 
We recognized stock-based compensation expense to employees of $271,0000.7 million in 2018 2017 and $92,000$0.3 million in 2016.2017. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, we had $2.4 million and 2016, there was $729,000 and $726,000$0.7 million of total unrecognized employee share-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to unvested share-based awards, whichawards. These are expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.721.62 years and 2.251.77 years, respectively.
 
We recognized stock-based compensation expense to non-employees of $2.7 million in 2018 and $1.4 million in 2017 and $291,000 in 2016.2017. The fair value of each option granted to a non-employee is re-measured at each period end until the vesting date.
 
PRC Government Research and Development Funding
 
ACM Shanghai has received threefour grants from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC. The first grant, which was awarded in 2008, relates to the development and commercialization of 65nm to 45nm stress-free polishing technology. The second grant was awarded in 2009 to fund interest expense on short-term borrowings. The most recentthird grant was made in 2014 and relates to the development of electro copper-plating technology. The fourth grant was made in June 2018 and related to development of polytetrafluoroethylene. PRC governmental authorities provide the majority of the funding, although ACM Shanghai is also required to invest certain amounts in the projects.
 
The PRC governmental grants contain certain operating conditions, and we are required to go through a government due diligence process once the project is complete. The grants therefore are recorded as long-term liabilities upon receipt, although we are not required to return any funds we receive. Grant amounts are recognized in our statements of operations and comprehensive income as follows:
 
Government subsidies relating to current expenses are reflected as reductions of those expenses in the periods in which they are reported. Those reductions totaled $1.5 million in 2018 and $3.4 million in 2017 and $6.2 million in 2016.2017.
Government subsidies for interest on short-term borrowings are reported as reductions of interest expense in the periods the interest is accrued. Those reductions totaled $0 in 2017 and $99,000 in 2016.
● 
Government grants used to acquire depreciable assets are transferred from long-term liabilities to property, plant and equipment when the assets are acquired and then the recorded amounts of the assets are credited to other income over the useful lives of the assets. Related government subsidies recognized as other income totaled $135,000$0.1 million in 20172018 and $127,000 in 2016.2017.
 
Net Income Attributable to Non-Controlling Interests
 
Since 2006 we have conducted our business through our subsidiary ACM Shanghai, and we have financed our operations in part through sale of minority equity interests in ACM Shanghai. From January 1, 2015 to August 31, 2017, ACM Research owned 62.87% of the equity interests of ACM Shanghai, andwith three non-controlling, unrelated investors heldholding the remaining 37.13%. As described above under “—Recent Equity Transactions—Acquisition of Outstanding Minority Interests in Our Operating Company,”remainder. ACM Research (a) acquired an additional 18.77% equity interest from oneall of the non-controlling interests from minority investors asin several transactions during 2017. Following these transactions, ACM Research owned 100% of August 31, 2017 and (b) acquired the remaining non-controlling interests with the other two minority investors on November 8, 2017.ACM Shanghai subsidiary.
 
55

 
How We Evaluate Our Operations
 
We present information below with respect to threefour measures of financial performance:
 
We define “shipments” of tools to include (a) a “repeat” delivery to a customer of a type of tool that the customer has previously accepted, for which we recognize revenue upon delivery, and (b) a “first-time” delivery of a “first tool” to a customer on an approval basis, for which we may recognize revenue in the future if contractual conditions are met and customer acceptance is received.
We define “adjusted EBITDA” as our net income excluding interest expense (net), income tax benefit (expense), depreciation and amortization, and stock-based compensation. We define adjusted EBITDA to also exclude restructuring costs, although we have not incurred any such costs to date.
We define “free cash flow” as net cash provided by operating activities less purchases of property and equipment (net of proceeds from disposals) and of intangible assets.
We define “adjusted operating income (loss)” as our income (loss) from operations excluding stock-based compensation.
 
These financial measures are not based on any standardized methodologies prescribed by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, and are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures presented by other companies.
 
We have presented shipments, adjusted EBITDA, free cash flow and adjusted operating income (loss) because they are key measures used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our operating performance, to establish budgets and to develop operational goals for managing our business. We believe that these financial measures help identify underlying trends in our business that could otherwise be masked by the effect of the expenses that we exclude. In particular, we believe that the exclusion of the expenses eliminated in calculating adjusted EBITDA and adjusted operating income (loss) can provide useful measures for period-to-period comparisons of our core operating performance and that the exclusion of property and equipment purchases from operating cash flow can provide a usual means to gauge our capability to generate cash. Accordingly, we believe that these financial measures provide useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results, enhancing the overall understanding of our past performance and future prospects, and allowing for greater transparency with respect to key financial metrics used by our management in its financial and operational decision-making.
 
AdjustedShipments, adjusted EBITDA, free cash flow and adjusted operating income (loss) are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation of, or as an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Shipments
Shipments consist of two components:
a shipment to a customer of a type of tool that the customer has previously-accepted, for which we recognize revenue when the tool is delivered; and
a shipment to a customer of a type of tool that the customer is receiving and evaluating for the first time, in each case a “first tool,” for which we may recognize revenue at a later date, subject to the customer’s acceptance of the tool upon the tool’s satisfaction of applicable contractual requirements.
“First tool” shipments can be made to either an existing customer that not previously accepted that specific type of tool in the past ─ for example, a delivery of SAPS V tool to a customer that previously had received only SAPS II tools ─ or to a new customer that has never purchased any tool from us.
Shipments for the year ended December 31, 2018 totaled $95.1 million, as compared to $40.1 million of shipments in the year ended December 31, 2017.

The dollar amount attributed to a “first tool” shipment is equal to the consideration we expect to receive if any and all contractual requirements are satisfied and the customer accepts the tool. There are a number of limitations related to the use of shipments in evaluating our business, including that customers have significant discretion in determining whether to accept our tools and their decision not to accept delivered tools is likely to result in our inability to recognize revenue from the delivered tools.
Adjusted EBITDA
There are a number of limitations related to the use of adjusted EBITDA rather than net income (loss), which is the nearest GAAP equivalent. Some of these limitations are:
 
adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future;
we exclude stock-based compensation expense from adjusted EBITDA and adjusted operating income (loss), although (a) it has been, and will continue to be for the foreseeable future, a significant recurring expense for our business and an important part of our compensation strategy and (b) if we did not pay out a portion of our compensation in the form of stock-based compensation, the cash salary expense included in operating expenses would be higher, which would affect our cash position;
the expenses and other items that we exclude in our calculation of adjusted EBITDA may differ from the expenses and other items, if any, that other companies may exclude from adjusted EBITDA when they report their operating results;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, working capital needs;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on debt;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax expense (benefit) or the cash requirements to pay taxes;
adjusted EBITDA does not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;
although depreciation and amortization charges are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and
adjusted EBITDA includes expense reductions and non-operating other income attributable to PRC governmental grants, which may mask the effect of underlying developments in net income (loss), including trends in current expenses and interest expense, and free cash flow includes the PRC governmental grants, the amount and timing of which can be difficult to predict and are outside our control.
 
56
The following table reconciles net income (loss), the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to adjusted EBITDA:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Adjusted EBITDA Data:
   
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 $(872)
 $2,387 
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc.
 $6,574 
 $(318)
Interest expense, net
  268 
  165 
  469 
  268 
Income tax expense
  547 
  595 
  806 
  547 
Depreciation and amortization
  271 
  187 
  417 
  271 
Stock-based compensation
  1,622 
  383 
  3,363 
  1,622 
Adjusted EBITDA
 $1,836 
 $3,717 
 $11,629 
 $2,390 
 
Adjusted EBITDA in 2017,2018, as compared with 2016,to $2.4 million in 2017 reflected a decreaseprincipally an increase of $3.3$6.9 million in net income offset by anand $1.7 million increase of $1.2 million in stock-based compensation. We do not exclude from adjusted EBITDA expense reductions and non-operating other income attributable to PRC governmental grants because we consider and incorporate the expected amounts and timing of those grants in incurring expenses and capital expenditures. If we did not receive the grants, our cash expenses therefore would be lower, and our cash position would not be affected, to the extent we have accurately anticipated the amounts of the grants. For additional information regarding our PRC grants, please see “—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding.”
 

Free Cash Flow
The following table reconciles net cash provided by operating activities, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, to free cash flow:
 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Free Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
 $(8,101)
 $(3,702)
Purchases of property and equipment, net of proceeds from disposals
  (651)
  (788)
Purchases of intangible assets
  (115)
  (22)
Free cash flow
 $(8,867)
 $(4,512)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Free Cash Flow Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
 $6,909 
 $(8,101)
Purchase of property and equipment
  (1,830)
  (651)
Purchase of intangible assets
  (241)
  (115)
Free cash flow
 $4,839 
 $(8,867)
 
Free cash flow in 2017,2018, as compared with 2016,to 2017, reflected in addition to the factors driving net cash usedprovided by (used in) operating activities, (a) increasesprincipally increase in net income, accounts receivablepayable, advance from customers, and offset by increasesincrease in accounts payable and (b) increases in stock-based compensation.inventories, prepaid expenses. Consistent with our methodology for calculating adjusted EBITDA, we do not adjust free cash flow for the effects of PRC government subsidies, because we take those subsidies into account in incurring expenses and capital expenditures.
 
Adjusted Operating Income
Adjusted operating income (loss) excludes stock-based compensation from income (loss) from operations. Although stock-based compensation is an important aspect of the compensation of our employees and executives, determining the fair value of certain of the stock-based instruments we utilize involves a high degree of judgment and estimation and the expense recorded may bear little resemblance to the actual value realized upon the vesting or future exercise of the related stock-based awards. Furthermore, unlike cash compensation, the value of stock options, which is an element of our ongoing stock-based compensation expense, is determined using a complex formula that incorporates factors, such as market volatility, that are beyond our control. Management believes it is useful to exclude stock-based compensation in order to better understand the long-term performance of our core business and to facilitate comparison of our results to those of peer companies. The use of non-GAAP financial measures excluding stock-based compensation has limitations, however. If we did not pay out a portion of our compensation in the form of stock-based compensation, the cash salary expense included in operating expenses would be higher which would affectand our cash position.holdings would be less. The following tables reflect the exclusion of stock-based compensation, or SBC, from line items comprising income (loss) from operations:
 
57

 
 Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 
Actual
(GAAP)
 
 
SBC
 
 
Adjusted
(Non-GAAP)
 
 
Actual
(GAAP)
 
 
SBC
 
 
Adjusted
(Non-GAAP)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Adjusted Operating Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 $74,643 
 $- 
 $74,643 
 $36,506 
 $- 
 $36,506 
Cost of revenue
  (40,194)
  (71)
  (40,123)
  (19,281)
  (21)
  (19,260)
Gross profit
  34,449 
  (71)
  34,520 
  17,225 
  (21)
  17,246 
Operating expenses:
    
    
    
    
    
    
 Sales and marketing
  (9,611)
  (120)
  (9,491)
  (5,500)
  (53)
  (5,447)
 Research and development
  (10,380)
  (255)
  (10,125)
  (5,138)
  (50)
  (5,088)
 General and administrative
  (7,987)
  (2,917)
  (5,070)
  (5,887)
  (1,499)
  (4,388)
Income (loss) from operations
 $6,471 
 $(3,363)
 $9,834 
 $700 
 $(1,623)
 $2,323 
 

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 

 
    2017     
 
 
    2016     
 

 
Actual
 
   
 
Adjusted
 
 
Actual
 
   
 
Adjusted
 
 
 
(GAAP)
 
 
 
 
 
(Non-GAAP)
 
 
(GAAP)
 
 
 
 
 
(Non-GAAP)
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Revenue
 $36,506 
 $ 
 $36,506 
 $27,371 
 $ 
 $27,371 
Cost of revenue
  (19,281)
  (21)
  (19,260)
  (14,042)
  (11)
  (14,031)
Gross profit
  17,225 
  (21)
  17,246 
  13,329 
  (11)
  13,340 
Operating expenses:
    
    
    
    
    
    
Sales and marketing
  (5,500)
  (53)
  (5,447)
  (3,907)
  (5)
  (3,902)
Research and development
  (5,138)
  (50)
  (5,088)
  (3,259)
  (5)
  (3,254)
General and administrative
  (5,887)
  (1,499)
  (4,388)
  (2,673)
  (362)
  (2,311)
Income (loss) from operations
 $700 
 $(1,623)
 $2,323 
 $3,490 
 $(383)
 $3,873 

 
Adjusted operating lossincome in 2017,2018, as compared with 2016,to 2017 reflected an increaseincreases in operating income of $1.2$5.8 million inand stock-based compensation expense.of $1.7 million.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates
 
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in applying our accounting policies that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base these estimates and assumptions on historical experience, and evaluate them on an on-going basis to ensure that they remain reasonable under current conditions. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The accounting policies that reflect our more significant estimates, judgments and assumptions and that we believe are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:
 
Revenue Recognition
 
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), or ASU 2014-09, which amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 establishes principles for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of promised goods or services to customers, in an amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 and its related clarifying ASUs are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those annual periods.
On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all the related amendments, or the New Revenue Standard, to all contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. We utilizedo not have open contracts that may result in any changes to revenues applying the New Revenue Standard.
We derive revenue principally from the sale of single-wafer wet cleaning equipment. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps pursuant to the New Revenue Standard:
1. 
identify the contract(s) with a customer;
2. 
identify the performance obligations in the contract;
3. 
determine the transaction price;
4. 
allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
5. 
recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.
A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.
The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until we identify a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. We have addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. We applied the guidance set forthof ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations. Our contracts with customers include more than one performance obligation. For example, the delivery of a piece of equipment generally includes the promise to install the equipment in the FASB’s ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, regardingcustomer’s facility. Our performance obligations in connection with a sale of equipment generally include production, delivery and installation, together with the recognition, presentationprovision of a warranty.

The transaction price is allocated to all the separate performance obligations in an arrangement. It reflects the amount of consideration to which we expect to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services, which may include an estimate of variable consideration to the extent that it is probable of not being subject to significant reversals in the future based on our experience with similar arrangements. The transaction price excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as sales taxes. This is done on a relative selling price basis using standalone selling prices, or SSP. The SSP represents the price at which we would sell that good or service on a standalone basis at the inception of the contract. Given the requirement for establishing SSP for all performance obligations, if the SSP is directly observable through standalone sales, then such sales should be considered in the establishment of the SSP for the performance obligation. All of our products were sold in stand-alone arrangements, we do not have observable SSPs for most performance obligations as they are not regularly sold on a standalone basis. Production, delivery and disclosureinstallation of revenue in our financial statements. a product, together with provision of a warranty, are a single unit of accounting.
We recognize revenue when persuasive evidencewe satisfy each performance obligation by transferring control of an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred and the major risks and remunerations of ownership have been transferredpromised goods or services to the customer; collectability is probable; andcustomer. Goods or services can transfer at a point in time (upon the selling price is fixedacceptance of the products or determinable.
upon the arrival at the destination as stipulated in the shipment terms) in a sale arrangement. In general, we recognize revenue when a tool has been demonstrated to meet the customer’s predetermined specifications and is accepted by the customer. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, we recognize revenue as of the earlier of the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period and customer acceptance. In the following circumstances, however, we recognize revenue upon shipment or delivery, when legal title to the tool is passed to a customer as follows:
 
when the customer has previously accepted the same type of tool with the same specifications and when we can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;
when the sales contract or purchase order does not contain ancontains no acceptance agreement or a lapsing acceptance provision and when we can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;
when the customer withholds acceptance due to issues unrelated to product performance, in which case revenue is recognized when the system is performing as intended and meets predetermined specifications; or
when our sales arrangements do not include a general right of return.
Customization, production, installation and delivery are essential elements of the functionality of our delivered tools, but the related services we offer, principally warranty services, are not essential to tool functionality. We treat the customization, production, installation and delivery of tools, together with the provision of related warranty and other services, as a single unit of accounting in accordance with the FASB’s ASC Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition—Multiple Element Arrangements. In 2017 and 2016 all of our tools were sold in stand-alone arrangements.
 
We offer post-warranty period services, which consist principally of the installation and replacement of parts and small-scale modifications to the equipment. The related revenue and costs of revenue are recognized when parts have been delivered and installed, risk of loss has passed to the customer, and collection is probable. We do not expect revenue from extended maintenance service contracts to represent a material portion of ourits revenue in the future. As such, we have concluded that its revenue recognition under the adoption of the New Revenue Standard will remain the same as previously reported and will not have material impacts to its consolidated financial statements.
 
We incur costs related to the acquisition of its contracts with customers in the form of sales commissions. Sales commissions are paid to third party representatives and distributors. Contractual agreements with these parties outline commission structures and rates to be paid. Generally speaking, the contracts are all individual procurement decisions by the customers and are not for significant periods of time, nor do they include renewal provisions. As such, all contracts have an economic life of significantly less than a year. Accordingly, we expense sales commissions when incurred in accordance with the practical expedient in the New Revenue Standard when the underlying contract asset is less than one year. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.
  
58
TableGenerally, all contracts have expected durations of Contentsone year or less. Accordingly, we apply the practical expedient allowed in the New Revenue Standard and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.
 
We do not incur any costs to fulfill the contracts with customers that are not already reported in compliance with another applicable standard (for example, inventory or plant, property and equipment).

 
Stock-Based Compensation
 
We account for grants of stock options based on their grant date fair value and recognize compensation expense over the vesting periods. We estimate the fair value of stock options as of the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Stock options granted to non-employees are subject to periodic revaluation over their vesting terms.
 
Stock-based compensation expense represents the cost of the grant date fair value of employee stock option grants recognized over the requisite service period of the awards (usually the vesting period) on a straight-line basis, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the fair value of stock option grants using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, which requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including (a) the risk-free interest rate, (b) the expected volatility of our stock, (c) the expected term of the award and (d) the expected dividend yield.
 
Prior to the IPOour initial public offering in November 2017, or the IPO, the board of directors considered a number of objective and subjective factors to determine the best estimate of the fair value of our common stock. The factors included: contemporaneous third-party valuations of our common stock; the prices, rights, preferences and privileges of our preferred stock relative to the common stock; the prices of convertible preferred stock sold by us to third-party investors; our operating and financial results; the lack of marketability of our common stock; the U.S. and global economic and capital market conditions and outlook; and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions. Since the IPO, we have used the market closing price for the Class A common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market to determine the fair value of the Class A common stock.
The risk-free interest rates for periods within the expected life of the option are based on the yields of zero-coupon U.S. Treasury securities.
Due to a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we have based our estimate of expected volatility on the historical volatility of a group of similar companies that are publicly traded. For these analyses, we have selected companies with comparable characteristics to ours including enterprise value, risk profile, position within the industry, and with historical share price information sufficient to meet the expected life of the stock-based awards. We compute the historical volatility data using the daily closing prices for the selected companies’ shares during the equivalent period of the calculated expected term of our stock-based awards. We will continue to apply this process until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available.
The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of stock options is based on the average between the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant according to Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 110.
The expected dividend yield is assumed to be 0%, based on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends.
 
For employee stock option grants made during the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of those grants were as follows:
 
  Year Ended December 31,  Year Ended December 31,
2017 20162018 2017
Risk-free interest rate
  2.21%-2.22%
 
  2.02% -2.32% 2.55%-2.96%
 
2.21%-2.22%
Expected volatility  28.62%-29.18% 
 
   29.93%  39.14%-43.00%
 
28.62%-29.18%
Expected term (in years)  6.25 
 
  5.75-6.25 6.25
 
6.25
Expected dividend yield
  0%
 
  0%
0%
 
0%

 
For non-employee stock option grants made forduring the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the weighted-average assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of those grants were as follows:
 
 Year Ended December 31,
 
2017  
 
2016  
Risk-free interest  rate
1.62%-2.43% 
   1.00% -2.25% 
Expected volatility
28.71%-29.41%
 
29.93% 
Expected term (in years)
3.58-6.25 
   2.11-6.24 
Expected dividend yield
  0%
 
     0% 
59
   Year Ended December 31,
 2018 2017
Risk-free interest rate2.39%-2.94%
 
1.62%-2.43%
Expected volatility40.24%-45.48%
 
28.71% - 29.41%
Expected term ( in years)2.58-5.36
 
3.58-6.25
Expected dividend yield0%
 
0%
 
The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock underlying stock options granted since January 1, 2015,2017, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of common stock on the grant date:
 
Grant Dates
 
Number of Common Shares Underlying Options Granted
 
 
Exercise Price per Common Share
 
 
Estimated Fair
Value per
Common Share
 
 
Number of Common Shares Underlying Options Granted
 
 
Exercise Price per Common Share
 
 
Estimated Fair Value per Common Share
 
May 1, 2015
  783,338 
 $1.50 
  783,338 
 $1.50 
September 8, 2015
  263,335 
  1.50 
  263,335 
  1.50 
December 28, 2016
  1,424,596 
  3.00 
  2.28 
  1,424,596 
  3.00 
  2.28 
March 9, 2017
  33,334 
  7.50 
  33,334 
  7.50 
May 9, 2017
  183,335 
  7.50 
  183,335 
  7.50 
November 2, 2017
  120,002 
  5.60 
  120,002 
  5.60 
January 25, 2018
  500,000 
  5.31 
August 1, 2018
  245,700 
  13.85 
 
As of December 31, 2018, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding options was $2.4 million and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average of 1.62 years. As of December 31, 2017, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding options was $729,000 and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average of 1.77 years. As of December 31, 2016, the unrecognized compensation cost related to outstanding options was $726,000 and is expected to be recognized as expense over a weighted-average of 2.25 years.
 
As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had outstanding stock options to acquire an aggregate of 3,372,2923,715,779 shares of Class A common stock with an intrinsic value of $9.3$27.1 million. Of those outstanding options, (a) 1,765,1122,273,880 shares had vested as of December 31, 2017,2018, representing an intrinsic value of $6.4$20.0 million and (b) 1,607,1801,441,899 shares were unvested, representing an intrinsic value of $2.9$7.1 million.
60
 
Inventory
 
Inventories consist of finished goods, raw materials, work-in-process and consumable materials. Finished goods are comprised of direct materials, direct labor, depreciation and manufacturing overhead. Inventory is stated at the lower of cost and net recognizable value of the inventory.inventory at December 31, 2018 and 2017. The cost of a general inventory item is determined using the weighted average method. The cost of an inventory item purchased specifically for a customized tool is determined using the specific identification method. Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost and net realizable value, which is the estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs to complete or dispose.
 
We assess the recoverability of all inventories quarterly to determine if any adjustments are required. We write down excess or obsolete tool-related inventory based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and forecasted 12-month demand and technological obsolescence and spare parts inventory based on forecasted usage. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, new product introductions and changes in strategic direction, and they require estimates that may include uncertain elements. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand, and those differences may have a material effect on recorded inventory values.
 

Our manufacturing overhead standards for product costs are calculated assuming full absorption of forecasted spending over projected volumes, adjusted for excess capacity. Abnormal inventory costs such as costs of idle facilities, excess freight and handling costs, and spoilage are recognized as current period charges.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
Accounts receivable are reflected in our consolidated balance sheets at their estimated collectible amounts. A substantial majority of our accounts receivable are derived from sales to large multinational semiconductor manufacturers in Asia. We follow the allowance method of recognizing uncollectible accounts receivable, pursuant to which we regularly assess our ability to collect outstanding customer invoices and make estimates of the collectability of accounts receivable. We provide an allowance for doubtful accounts when we determine that the collection of an outstanding customer receivable is not probable. The allowance for doubtful accounts is reviewed on a quarterly basis to assess the adequacy of the allowance. We take into consideration (a) accounts receivable and historical bad debts experience, (b) any circumstances of which we are aware of a customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, (c) changes in our customer payment history, and (d) our judgments as to prevailing economic conditions in the industry and the impact of those conditions on our customers. If circumstances change, such that the financial conditions of our customers are adversely affected and they are unable to meet their financial obligations to us, we may need to record additional allowances, which would result in a reduction of our net income.
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Assets comprising property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets and begins when the assets are placed in service. Betterments or renewals are capitalized when incurred. Maintenance and repairs with respect to an asset are expensed as incurred if they neither materially add to the value of the asset nor appreciably prolong its life. Assets comprising plant, property and equipment are reviewed each year to determine whether any events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable.
 
61
Intangible Assets
 
Intangible assets represent the fair value of separately recognizable intangible assets acquired in connection with our business operations. We evaluate intangibles for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred.
 
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
 
Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life is shorter than we had originally estimated. When these events or changes occur, we evaluate the impairment of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying value of the assets, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. No impairment charge was recognized in 2015, 20162018 and 2017.
 
Income Taxes
 
Income taxes are accounted for using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which these temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. A valuation allowance would be provided for the deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that the related benefit will not be realized.
 

On a quarterly basis, we provide income tax provisions based upon an estimated annual effective income tax rate. The effective tax rate is highly dependent upon the geographic composition of worldwide earnings, tax regulations governing each region, availability of tax credits and the effectiveness of our tax planning strategies. We carefully monitor the changes in many factors and adjust our effective income tax rate on a timely basis. If actual results differ from these estimates, this could have a material effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
We maintained a partial valuation allowance as of December 31, 20172018 with respect to certain net deferred tax assets based on our estimates of recoverability. We determined that the partial valuation allowance was appropriate given our historical operating losses and uncertainty with respect to our ability to generate profits from our business model sufficient to take advantage of the deferred tax assets in all applicable tax jurisdictions.
 
The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations. In accordance with the authoritative guidance on accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, we recognize liabilities for uncertain tax positions based on the two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained in audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than fifty-percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. We reevaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Any change in these factors could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an additional charge to the tax provision.
 
Interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recorded in the provision for income tax expense on the consolidated statements of operations.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is our reporting currency, while the functional currency of our subsidiaries in the PRC is RMB.RMB, and the functional currency of our subsidiary in Korea is the Korean Won. Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded at the functional currency rate prevailing at the date of the transactions. Any difference between the initially recorded amount and the settlement amount is recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency transaction in our consolidated statements of operations. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in a foreign currency are translated at the functional currency rate of exchange as of the date of a consolidated balance sheet. Any difference is recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency translation in the appropriate consolidated statement of operations. In accordance with the FASB’s ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, we translate the assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars from RMB using the rate of exchange prevailing at the applicable balance sheet date and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows are translated at an average rate during the reporting period. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded in stockholders’ equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income.
 
62
The PRC government imposes significant exchange restrictions on fund transfers out of the PRC that are not related to business operations. To date these restrictions have not had a material impact on us because we have not engaged in any significant transactions that are subject to the restrictions.
 
Warranty
 
We have provided warranty coverage on our tools for 12 to 36 months, covering labor and parts necessary to repair a tool during the warranty period. We account for the estimated warranty cost as sales and marketing expense at the time revenue is recognized. Warranty obligations are affected by historical failure rates and associated replacement costs. Utilizing historical warranty cost records, we calculate a rate of warranty expenses to revenue to determine the estimated warranty charge. We update these estimated charges on a regular basis. The actual product performance and field expense profiles may differ, and in those cases we adjust our warranty accruals accordingly.
 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
 
The following description summarizesFor a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that we have adopted or will be required to adoptimpacting our company, see Note 2 in the future.Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements include herein under “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
In February 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which provides financial statement preparers with an option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (or portion thereof) is recorded. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of ASU 2018-02 is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for the public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The amendments in this ASU should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. We are is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 on our consolidated financial statements.
In July 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception, which addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For all other entities, the amendments in Part I of this update are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. We are currently evaluating the impact of adoption of ASU 2017-11.
In May 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation – Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which provides guidance on determining which changes to the terms or conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for (a) public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (b) all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. We do not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, Other Income —Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets, which clarifies the scope of nonfinancial asset guidance in Subtopic 610-20. This ASU also clarifies that derecognition of all businesses and nonprofit activities (except those related to conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights or contracts with customers) should be accounted for in accordance with the derecognition and deconsolidation guidance in Subtopic 810-10. The amendments in this ASU also provide guidance on the accounting for so-called “partial sales” of nonfinancial assets within the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and contributions of nonfinancial assets to a joint venture or other noncontrolled investee. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting reports beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. We do not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2017-05 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
63
In January 2017 the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which removes Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidance does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. A business entity that is a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission filer must adopt the amendments in this ASU for its annual or any interim goodwill impairment test in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. We do not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2016-18 to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-18 on our consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016 the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which addresses the following cash flow issues: (a) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (b) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (c) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (d) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (e) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (f) distributions received from equity method investees; (g) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and (h) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and are effective for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-15 on our consolidated financial statements.
In April 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for employee stock-based payment transactions. The areas for simplification in ASU No. 2016-09 include the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU will be effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU No. 2016-09 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In February 2016 the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842). The amendments in this update create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous leases guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities. Early application of the amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 on our consolidated financial statements.
In November 2015 the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes. Topic 740, Income Taxes, requires an entity to separate deferred income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts in a classified statement of financial position. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as current or noncurrent based on the classification of the related asset or liability for financial reporting. Deferred tax liabilities and assets that are not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting are classified according to the expected reversal date of the temporary difference. To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes, the amendments in ASU No. 2015-17 require that deferred income tax liabilities and assets be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. For public business entities, the amendments in this update are effective for financial statements issued for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-17 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
64
In July 2015 the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The amendments in this update require an entity to measure inventory within the scope of ASU No. 2015-11 (the amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost) at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal and transportation. Subsequent measurement is uncharged for inventory measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 more closely align the measurement of inventory in GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU No. 2015-11 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 should be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-11 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The relevant descriptions have been included in the inventory accounting policy.
In August 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. The amendments in this update require management to evaluate whether there are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for both annual and interim reporting. The guidance is effective for us for the annual period ended after December 15, 2016 and interim periods thereafter. Management performed an evaluation of the our ability to fund operations and to continue as a going concern according to ASC Topic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-15 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU No. 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)”, and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date in August 2015. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-14 defer the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.Further to ASU No. 2014-09 and ASU No. 2015-14, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016, ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016, ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU No. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, respectively. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations, including indicators to assist an entity in determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customers. ASU No. 2016-10 clarifies guideline related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in the new revenue recognition standard. The updates in ASU No. 2016-10 include targeted improvements based on input the FASB received from the Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition and other stakeholders. It seeks to proactively address areas in which diversity in practice potentially could arise, as well as to reduce the cost and complexity of applying certain aspects of the guidance both at implementation and on an ongoing basis. ASU No. 2016-12 addresses narrow-scope improvements to the guidance on collectability, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts at transition. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU provide a practical expedient for contract modifications at transition and an accounting policy election related to the presentation of sales taxes and other similar taxes collected from customers. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-20 represents changes to make minor corrections or minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20 are the same as ASU No. 2014-09. The Company will adopt ASU No. 2014-09, ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20 at January 1, 2018. The Company has substantially completed the implementation of these ASUs and has identified the necessary changes to its policies, business processes, systems and controls. Whilst the Company has finalized the analysis of its revenue contracts applying the above guidance, and will adopt FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, effective January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition approach. Under this approach, FASB ASC Topic 606 would apply to all new contracts initiated on or after January 1, 2018. For existing contracts that have remaining obligations as of January 1, 2018, any difference between the recognition criteria in these ASUs and the Company's current revenue recognition practices would be recognized using a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. The Company has concluded that its revenue recognition will remain the same as previously reported and will not have material impacts to its consolidated financial statements.
65
Results of Operations
 
The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented, as percentages of revenue.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Revenue
  100.0%
  100.0%
Cost of revenue
  52.8
 
  51.3 
  53.8 
  52.8 
Gross margin
  47.2
 
  48.7
 
  46.2 
  47.2 
Operating expenses:
    
    
Sales and marketing
  15.1
 
  14.3
 
  12.9 
  15.1 
Research and development
  14.1
 
  11.9
 
  13.9 
  14.1 
General and administrative
  16.1
 
  9.7
 
  10.7 
  16.1 
Total operating expenses, net
  45.3
 
  35.9
 
  37.5 
  45.3 
Income from operations
  1.9
 
  12.8
 
Income (loss) from operations
  8.7 
  1.9 
Interest expense, net
  (0.7)
  (0.6)
  (0.6)
  (0.7)
Other income (expense), net
  (2.4)
  (1.3)
  1.7 
  (2.4)
Equity income in net income of affiliates
  0.2 
  - 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (1.1)
  10.9
 
  9.9 
  (1.1)
Income tax (expense) benefit
  (1.5)
  (2.2)
Income tax expense
  (1.1)
  (1.5)
Net income (loss)
  (2.6)
  8.7
 
  8.8 
  (2.6)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
  (1.5)
  4.9
 
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc.
  (1.1)%
 3.8%
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
  - 
  (1.5)
Net income( loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc.
  8.8%
  (1.1)%
 
Comparison of Year endedEnded December 31, 20172018 and 20162017
 
Revenue
 
 
 
Year ended
December 31,  
 
 
% Change  
 
 
 
2017  
 
 
2016  
 
 
2016 v 2017  
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 $36,506 
 $27,371 
  33%
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
2018 v 2017
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Revenue
 $74,643 
 $36,506 
  104%
 
Revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to the year ended December 31, 2017 increased by $38.1 million. The increase was due to a $41.4 million increase in revenue of $9.1from single-wafer wet cleaning tools to our front-end customers, offset in part by a $3.2 million for 2017 reflected increasesdecline in revenue of $5.6 million from single-wafer cleaning equipment, $3.0 million from advanced packaging equipment and $500,000 from service and parts.tools to our back-end customers. Our revenue for 20172018 compared to 20162017 reflected salessignificant growth for three of $8.8 million to two newour large front-end customers, partly offset by a decline at one front-end and an increase of $300,000 in sales to existing customers.one back-end customer.
 
66

 
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2016 v 2017
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
2018 v 2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Cost of revenue
 $19,281 
 $14,042 
  37.3%
 $40,194 
 $19,281 
  108%
Gross profit
 $17,225
 $13,329 
  29.2 
 $34,449 
 $17,225 
  100 
Gross margin
  47.2%
  48.7%
  (1.5)%
  46.2%
  47.2%
  (1.0)%
 
Cost of revenue increased $5.2$20.9 million, and gross profit increased $3.9$17.2 million, for 2017the year ended December 31, 2018 compared to 2016,2017, reflecting the growth in sales. Gross margin decreased 1.5%,by 100 basis points primarily due to sales of relatively lower-margin tools to new customers for 2017.the year ended December 31, 2018. The higher marginsmargin in 2016 and 2017 werewas primarily due to two systemsone system manufactured under governmentalthe government subsidies (see “—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding” below)), which were sold for $1.8the amounts of $1.6 million in 2017 and $3.7 million in 2016.for the years ended December 31, 2017. Costs associated with these systems were recorded as research and development expenses as the relevant product development on these systems were research and development in nature and had not reached the final product manufacture stage. The related research and development expense was recorded as reduction of our research and development expense as incurred.
applied to future systems.
 
Operating Expenses
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 

Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2016 v 2017
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
2018 v 2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Sales and marketing expense
 $5,500 
 $3,907 
  40.77%
 $9,611 
 $5,500 
  75%
Research and development expense
  5,138 
  3,259 
  57.66 
  10,380 
  5,138 
  102 
General and administrative expense
  5,887 
  2,673 
  120.24
  7,987 
  5,887 
  36 
Total operating expenses, net
 $16,525 
 $9,839 
  67.95%
 $27,978 
 $16,525 
  69%
 
Sales and marketing expense increased $1.6$4.1 million in 2017for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 2016,in 2017, primarily due to an increase in employee count, salaries and sales services.commissions.
 
Research and development expense increased $1.9$5.2 million for 2017the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 2016, principally as a result of increases2017, primarily due to an increase in employee count, salaries and research and development parts. Research and development expense represented 13.9% and 14.1% of our revenue in 2018 and 2017, and 11.9% of our revenue in 2016.respectively. Without reduction by grant amounts received from PRC governmental authorities (see “—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding”), gross research and development expense totaled $11.9 million, or 15.9% of revenue, in 2018 and $8.6 million, or 23.4% of revenue, in 2017 and $9.5million, or 34.7% of revenue, in 2016.2017.
 
General and administrative expense increased $3.2$2.1 million in 2017for the year ended December 31, 2018 as compared to 2016,2017, principally resulting from preparations to become a public company. These costs reflected increases of $1.2$1.4 million in stock-based compensation expense $1.3 million in professional fees, and $523,000 in personnel costs due to the increase of headcount.personnel-related costs.
 

Other Income and Expenses
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
% Change
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2016 v 2017
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
2018 v 2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
Interest expense, net
 $(268)
 $(165)
  62.4%
 $(469)
 $(268)
  75%
Other income (expense), net
  (792)
  (343)
  (131)
  1,255 
  (794)
  (258)%
 
Interest expense consists of interest incurred from outstanding short-term borrowings. Interest expense increased to $277,000$469,000 in 20172018 from $181,000$268,000 in 2016,2017, principally as a result of increased borrowings under short-term bank loans. We earn interest income from depositary accounts. Interest income was nominal in 20172018 and 2016.2017.
 
67
 
Other income (expense), net primarily reflects (a) gains or losses recognized from the effect of exchange rates on our foreign currency-denominated asset and liability balances and (b) depreciation of assets acquired with government subsidies, as described under “—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding” above, and (c) losses we recognized upon dispositions of fixed assets.above. Our other income was $1.3 million in 2018 due primarily to a weaker RMB to U.S. dollar exchange rate, compared to a $794,000 loss in 2017 due to a stronger RMB to U.S. dollar exchange rate.
 
Income Tax (Expense)Expense Benefit
 
The following presents components of income tax (expense) benefit for the indicated periods:
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 2017 
 
 
2016
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Current:
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
 $- 
 $- 
U.S. state
  - 
  (1)
    
  - 
Foreign
  - 
  (1,149)
  - 
Total current tax expense
  - 
  (1)
Total current income tax expense
  (1,149)
  - 
Deferred:
    
    
U.S. federal
  - 
  - 
U.S. state
  - 
    
Foreign
  (547)
  (594)
  343 
  (547)
Total deferred tax expense
  (547)
  (594)
Total income tax expense
 $(547)
 $(595)
Total deferred income (expense) benefit
  343 
  (547)
Total current income tax expense
 $(806)
 $(547)
On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, or the Tax Act, was enacted into law. The new legislation contains several key tax provisions that affect us, including a one-time mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and a reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018. Due to the timing of the enactment and the complexity involved in applying the provisions of the Tax Act, we made reasonable estimates of the effects and recorded provisional amounts in our financial statements as of December 31, 2017.
As we collect and prepare necessary data, and interpret the Tax Act and any additional guidance issued by the U.S. Treasury Department, the Internal Revenue Service, and other standard-setting bodies, we may make adjustments to the provisional amounts. Those adjustments may materially affect our provision for income taxes and effective tax rate in the period in which the adjustments are made. There were no adjustments made in 2018.
 
Our effective tax rate differs from statutory rates of 34%21% for U.S. federal income tax purposes and 15% to 25% for ChinesePRC income tax purposepurposes due to the effects of the valuation allowance and certain permanent differences as it pertains to book-tax differences in the value of client equity securities received for services. Our two PRC subsidiaries, ACM Shanghai and ACM Wuxi, are liable for PRC corporate income taxes at the rates of 15% and 25%, respectively. Pursuant to the Corporate Income Tax Law of the PRC, our PRC subsidiaries generally would be liable for PRC corporate income taxes as a rate of 25%. According to Guoshuihan 2009 No. 203, an entity certified as an “advanced and new technology enterprise” is entitled to a preferential income tax rate of 15%. ACM Shanghai was certified as an “advanced and new technology enterprise” in 2012 and again in 2016, with an effective period of three years.
 

We file income tax returns in the United States and state and foreign jurisdictions. Those federal, state and foreign income tax returns are under the statute of limitations subject to tax examinations for 2009 through 2016. To the extent we have tax attribute carryforwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the Internal Revenue Service or state or foreign tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period.
 
We intend to reinvest indefinitely our PRC earnings as of December 31, 2017 outside of the United States, and we therefore have not provided for taxes with respect to the remissions of such earnings from the PRC to the United States.
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act was enacted into law. The new legislation contains several key tax provisions that affect us, including a one-time mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and a reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018. We are required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, such as determining the transition tax, remeasuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as reassessing the net realizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.
68
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
InitiallyDuring the year ended December 31, 2018, we funded our technology development and operations principally through issuancesissuance of fouran additional series of convertible preferred stock, from our formation in 1998 through 2001 and issuances of convertible and term promissory notes in 2003 and 2004. We issued additional convertible and term promissory notes in 2005 and 2006 in anticipation of moving our operational center to Shanghai in 2006, and following that transition, our new subsidiary ACM Shanghai raised funds through sales of its non-controlling equity interests in 2007, 2008 and 2009. Prior to 2016, we also funded our operations with (a) subsidies received from PRC governmental authorities pursuant to grants made in 2008, 2009 and 2014, (b) short-term borrowings by ACM Shanghai from local financial institutions, and application of proceeds of the IPO and concurrent private placements in 2009 and eachNovember 2017. During the year since 2011 through 2015, (c) additional issuances of term promissory notes in 2013, 2014 and 2015, and (d) operating cash flow in 2015. Since January 1, 2016,ended December 31, 2018, we have funded our technology development and operations through:
● 
issuancesprincipally through application of two additional seriesproceeds of convertible preferred stock in 2016the IPO and the third quarter of 2017;
● 
an investment deposit in 2016 made in connection with issuance of a Class A common stock warrant in March 2017;
● 
concurrent private placements, operating cash flow, and short-term borrowings by ACM Shanghai from local financial institutions in 2016 and the first nine months of 2017;
● 
operating cash flow in 2017; and
● 
the IPO and the concurrent private placement in November 2017.
69
institutions.
 
We believe our existing cash and cash equivalents, (including our net proceeds of the IPO and the concurrent private placement), our cash flow from operating activities, and short-term bank borrowings by ACM Shanghai will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next twelve months.months from the issuance date of financial statement. We do not expect that our anticipated cash needs for the next twelve months will require our receipt of any PRC government subsidies. Our future working capital needs will depend on many factors, including the rate of our business and revenue growth, the payment schedules of our customers, and the timing of investment in our research and development as well as sales and marketing. To the extent our cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operating activities and short-term bank borrowings are insufficient to fund our future activities in accordance with our strategic plan, we may needdetermine to raise additional funds through additional bank credit arrangements or public or private debt or equity financings.financings or additional bank credit arrangements. We also may need to raise additional funds in the event we determine in the future to effect one or more acquisitions of businesses, technologies and products. If additional funding is required,necessary or desirable, we may not be able to obtain bank credit arrangements or to affect an equity or debt financing on terms acceptable to us or at all.
 
Sources of Funds
 
Equity and Equity-Related Securities
From January 1, 2016 to March 19, 2018, we have received gross proceeds of $54.2 million from sales of common stock, convertible preferred stock and a warrant, as described below.
Common Stock. We have sold shares of common stock as follows:
Issue Date
 
Transaction
 
Gross Proceeds
 
 
 
 
 
  (in thousands)
 
2016
 
Option exercises
 $584
 
2017
 
Option exercises
  396 
September 2017
 
Private placements
  15,300 
November 2017
 
IPO
  12,504 
November 2017
 
Concurrent private placement
  7,467 
2018
 
Option Exercises
 62
 
 
 
 $36,313
Convertible Preferred Stock. In 2016 we received gross proceeds of $9.0 million from sales of shares of Series F convertible preferred stock that converted, upon completion of the IPO, into 1,221,099 shares of Class A common stock, for an effective purchase price of $7.50 per share. In 2017 we received gross proceeds of $5.8 million from sales of shares of Series E convertible preferred stock that converted, upon completion of the IPO, into 1,666,170 shares of Class A common stock, for an effective purchase price of $3.48 per share.
Warrant. In December 2016 SMC delivered to ACM Shanghai RMB 20,123,000 ($3.0 million as of the date of funding) in cash for potential investment pursuant to terms to be subsequently negotiated. In March 2017 we issued to SMC a warrant exercisable to purchase 397,502 shares of Class A common stock at a price of $7.50 per share, for a total exercise price of $3.0 million.
70
Indebtedness
ACM Shanghai Short-Term Loan Facilities. ACM Shanghai is a party to short-term borrowing with three banks, as follows:
Lender  Agreement Date   Maturity Date   Annual Interest Rate  Maximum Borrowing Amount(1)  Amount Outstanding at December 31, 2017(1) 
              
(in thousands)
 
Bank of China Pudong Branch  August 2017   March 2018   4.80 RMB30,000  RMB14,500 
              $4,590  $2,219 
Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch  August 2017   October 2018   5.66  RMB25,000  RMB13,800 
              $3,825  $2,111 
Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank  November 2017   November 2018   5.44-5.66  RMB5,000  RMB5,000 
              $765  $765  
              RMB60,000  RMB33,300 
              $9,180  $5,095 
(1) Converted to dollars as of December 31, 2017
All of the amounts owing under the line of credit with Bank of China Pudong Branch are secured by ACM Shanghai’s intellectual property. All of the amounts owing under the lines of credit with Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch and Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank are guaranteed by David Wang, our Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President.
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Activities.Our operations usedprovided cash flow of $3.7$6.9 million in 2016 and $8.1 million in 2017.2018. Our cash flow from operating activities is influenced by (a) the amount of cash we invest in personnel and technology development to support anticipated future growth in our business, (b) increases in the number of customers using our products, and services, and (c) the amount and timing of payments by customers.
Lender Agreement Date Maturity Date Annual Interest Rate Maximum Borrowing Amount(1) Amount Outstanding at December 31, 2018
        (in thousands)
Bank of China Pudong Branch August 2018 August 2019 5.22% RMB30,000  RMB30,000
        $4,372 $4,372
Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch February 2018 January 2019 5.15% RMB50,000  RMB24,836
        $7,800 $3,618
Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank January 2018 January 2019 5.44% RMB10,000  RMB10,000
        $1,457 $1,457
        RMB90,000 RMB64,836
        $13,629 $9,447

Equity and Equity-Related Securities. During year ended on December 31, 2018, we received proceeds of $528,000 from sales of common stock pursuant to option exercises.
(1)
Converted from RMB to dollars as of December 31, 2018

All of the amounts owing under the line of credit with Bank of China Pudong Branch are secured by ACM Shanghai’s intellectual property and guaranteed by Dr. David Wang (“Dr. Wang”), our Chair of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chair of the Board. All of the amounts owing under the lines of credit with Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch are guaranteed by Dr. Wang. All of the amounts owing under the line of credit with Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank are secured by accounts receivable and guaranteed by Dr. Wang.
 
Government Research and Development Grants
Grants. As described under “—Key Components of Results of Operations—PRC Government Research and Development Funding,” ACM Shanghai has received research and development grants from local and central PRC governmental authorities. ACM Shanghai received $200,000 of such grants totaling $6.6 million in 2016 and2018 as compared to $2.5 million of such grants in 2017. Not all grant amounts are received in the year in which a grant is awarded. Because of the nature and terms of the grants, the amounts and timing of payments under the grants are difficult to predict and vary from period to period. In addition, we expect to apply for additional grants when available in the future, but the grant application process can extend for a significant period of time and we cannot predict whether, or when, we will determine to apply for any such grants.
 
Working Capital
 
The following table sets forth selected working capital information:
 
 
 
December 31, 2017
2018
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $17,68127,124 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful amounts
  26,76224,608 
Inventory
  15,38838,764 
Working capitalTotal
 41,097$90,496 
 
Our cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 20172018 were unrestricted and held for working capital purposes. ACM Shanghai, our only direct PRC subsidiary, is, however, subject to PRC restrictions on distributions to equity holders. We currently intend for ACM Shanghai to retain all available funds any future earnings for use in the operation of its business and do not anticipate its paying any cash dividends.
We have not entered into, and do not expect to enter into, investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our accounts receivable balance fluctuates from period to period, which affects our cash flow from operating activities. Fluctuations vary depending on cash collections, client mix, and the timing of shipment and acceptance of our tools.
 
71
and to finance the growth and development of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
 
Uses of Funds
 
Capital Expenditures
During 2017 we continued to invest in equipment and infrastructure improvements for our manufacturing and research and development facilities and, to a lesser extent, leasehold improvements for our administrative facilities. Our capital expenditures totaled $766,000 in 2017.
Our capital expenditures totaled $795,000 in 2016. Substantially all of the capital expenditures were made to purchase equipment or improve infrastructure for our research and development and manufacturing facilities.
Expenditures.We estimate that ourincurred $2.1 million capital expenditures in 2018 will total approximately $3.2 million. The extent of these investments may be affected by the pace with which we add new customers and obtain additional purchase orders. We are not currently party to any purchase contracts related to future capital expenditures.2018.
 
Effects of Inflation
 
Inflation and changing prices have not had a material effect on our business, and we do not expect that they will materially affect our business in the foreseeable future. Any impact of inflation on cost of revenue and operating expenses, especially employee compensation costs, may not be readily recoverable in the price of our product offerings.
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
 
As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, we did not have any significant off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K of the SEC.Securities and Exchange Commission, except the lease commitment described in above “Contractual Obligations and Requirements.”

 
Emerging Growth Company Status
 
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act, and may take advantage of provisions that reduce our reporting and other obligations from those otherwise generally applicable to public companies. We may take advantage of these provisions until the earliest of December 31, 2022 or such time that we have annual revenue greater than $1.0 billion, the market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million or we have issued more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt in a three-year period. We have chosen to take advantage of some of these provisions, and as a result we may not provide stockholders with all of the information that is provided by other public companies. We have, however, irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves, as would have been permitted by Section 107 of the JOBS Act, of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933 for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and we therefore will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as public companies that are not emerging growth companiescompanies.
 
Item 7A: Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
Not applicable.

 
Item 8.
72
Financial Statements
 
Item 8.Financial Statementsand Supplementary Data
 
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
 Page
Consolidated Financial Statements
74
63
  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
7464
  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 20172018 and 201620177566
  
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 20172018 and 201620177667
  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Years ended December 31, 20172018 and 201620177768
  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 20172018 and 201620177869
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements7970
 
 
 
 
 
 
73
 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
TheShareholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of
ACM Research, Inc.
 
Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ACM Research, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2017,2018, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and subsidiaries at December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, and the results of itstheir operations and itstheir cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 20172018, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
 
Basis for Opinion
 
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
 
/s/
BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP
 
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.
 
Shenzhen, The People’s Republic of China
March 22, 201814, 2019
 

 
74
Table of Contents
 

 
ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Assets
 
 (in thousands, except share data)
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $17,681 
 $10,119 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $0 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (note 3)
  26,762 
  16,026 
Other receivables
  2,491 
  1,763 
Inventory (note 4)
  15,388 
  11,666 
Prepaid expenses
  546 
  720 
Other current assets
  46 
  53 
Total current assets
  62,914 
  40,347 
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 5)
  2,340 
  2,262 
Intangible assets, net
  106 
  17 
Deferred tax assets (note 17)
  1,294 
  1,841 
Investment in affiliates, equity method (note 11)
  1,237 
  - 
Total assets
 $67,891 
 $44,467 
 
    
    
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
    
    
Current liabilities:
    
    
Short-term borrowings (note 6)
 $5,095 
 $4,761 
Notes payable
  11 
  11 
Investors’ deposits (note 8)
  - 
  2,902 
Warrant liability (note 9)
  3,079 
   
Accounts payable (including amounts due to a related party of $2,118and $508 at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (note 12))
  7,419 
  5,173 
Advances from customers
  143 
  215 
Income taxes payable
  44 
  44 
Other payables and accrued expenses (including amounts due to a related-party of $2,024 and $1,883 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively (note 12) (note 7))
  6,026 
  3,963 
 
    
    
Total current liabilities
  21,817 
  17,069 
Other long-term liabilities (note 10)
  6,217 
  6,879 
Total liabilities
  28,034 
  23,948 
 
    
    
Commitments and contingencies (Note 18)
    
    
Redeemable convertible preferred stock, with par value $0.0001 as of December 31, 2017 and 2016:
    
    
Series A: 385,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 385,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (liquidation value of $0 and $308 at December 31, 2017 and 2016)
  - 
  288 
Series B: 1,572,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 1,572,000 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (liquidation value of $0 and $1,572 at December 31, 2017 and 2016)
  - 
  1,572 
Series C: 1,360,962 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 1,360,962 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (liquidation value of $0 and $2,041 at December 31,2017 and 2016).
  - 
  2,041 
Series D: 2,659,975 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 1,326,642 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (liquidation value of $0 and $4,975 at December 31, 2017 and 2016)
  - 
  4,975 
Series E: 10,718,530 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016
  - 
  - 
Series F: 6,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 3,663,254 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (liquidation value of $0 and $9,158 at December 31, 2017 and 2016)
  - 
  9,158 
Total redeemable convertible preferred stock (note 15)
  - 
  18,034 
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):
    
    
Common stock – Class A, with par value $0.0001: 100,000,000 shares authorized, 12,935,546 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 2,228,740 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 (note 14)
  1 
  1 
Common stock – Class B, with par value $0.0001: 7,303,533 shares authorized and 2,409,738 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 (note 14)
  - 
  1 
Additional paid in capital
  49,695 
  7,620 
Accumulated deficit
  (9,961)
  (9,643)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  122 
  (413)
Total ACM Research, Inc. stockholders’ (deficit) equity
  39,857 
  (2,434)
Non-controlling interests
  - 
  4,919 
Total stockholders’ equity
  39,857 
  2,485 
 
    
    
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity
 $67,891 
 $44,467 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $27,124 
 $17,681 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $0 and $0 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively (note 3)
  24,608 
  26,762 
Other receivables
  3,547 
  2,491 
Inventories (note 4)
  38,764 
  15,388 
Prepaid expenses
  1,985 
  546 
Other current assets
  - 
  46 
        Total current assets
  96,028 
  62,914 
Property, plant and equipment, net (note 5)
  3,708 
  2,340 
Intangible assets, net
  274 
  106 
Deferred tax assets (note 15)
  1,637 
  1,294 
Investment in affiliates, equity method (note 10)
  1,360 
  1,237 
Other long-term assets
  40 
  - 
                         Total assets
  103,047 
  67,891 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    
    
Current liabilities:
    
    
    Short-term borrowings (note 6)
  9,447 
  5,095 
Warrant liability (note 8)
  - 
  3,079 
    Accounts payable
  16,673 
  7,419 
Advances from customers
  8,417 
  143 
   Income taxes payable
  1,193 
  44 
Other payables and accrued expenses (note 7)
  10,410 
  6,037 
            Total current liabilities
  46,140 
  21,817 
Other long-term liabilities (note 9)
  4,583 
  6,217 
                Total liabilities
  50,723 
  28,034 
Commitments and contingencies (note 16)
    
    
Stockholders’ equity:
    
    
Common stock – Class A, par value $0.0001: 100,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 14,110,315 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 12,935,546 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 (note 13)
  1 
  1 
Common stock–Class B, par value $0.0001: 7,303,533 shares authorized as of December 31, 2018 and 2017. 1,898,423 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and 2,409,738 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017 (note 13)
  - 
  - 
Additional paid in capital
  56,567 
  49,695 
Accumulated deficit
  (3,387)
  (9,961)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  (857)
  122 
               Total stockholders’ equity
  52,324 
  39,857 
                      Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 $103,047 
 $67,891 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
75

ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
  2016 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
 
 
( In thousands, except share and per share data)
 
Revenue
 $36,506 
 $27,371 
 $74,643 
 $36,506 
Cost of revenue
  19,281 
  14,042 
  40,194 
  19,281 
Gross profit
  17,225 
  13,329 
  34,449 
  17,225 
Operating expenses:
    
    
Sales and marketing
  5,500 
  3,907 
  9,611 
  5,500 
Research and development
  5,138 
  3,259 
  10,380 
  5,138 
General and administrative
  5,887 
  2,673 
  7,987 
  5,887 
Total operating expenses, net
  16,525 
  9,839 
  27,978 
  16,525 
Income from operations
  700 
  3,490 
  6,471 
  700 
Interest income
  9 
  16 
  29 
  9 
Interest expense
  (277)
  (181)
  (498)
  (277)
Other expense, net
  (794)
  (343)
Equity in net income of affiliates
  37 
  - 
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (325)
  2,982 
Income tax expense (note 17)
  (547)
  (595)
Other income (expense), net
  1,255 
  (794)
Equity income in net income of affiliates
  123 
  37 
Income (Loss) before income taxes
  7,380 
  (325)
Income tax expense (note 15)
  (806)
  (547)
Net income (loss)
  (872)
  2,387 
  6,574 
  (872)
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
  (554)
  1,356 
Less: Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests
  - 
  (554)
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc.
  (318)
  1,031 
 $6,574 
 $(318)
Comprehensive income (loss):
    
Comprehensive income (loss)
    
Net income (loss)
  (872)
  2,387 
  6,574 
  (872)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
  472 
  (522)
  (979)
  472 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  (400)
  1,865 
  5,595 
  (400)
Less: Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interests
  (369)
  1,161 
Less: Comprehensive loss attributable to non-controlling interests
  - 
  (369)
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to ACM Research, Inc. (note 2)
 $(31)
 $704 
 $5,595 
 $(31)
Net income (loss) per common share (note 2):
    
    
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM, Inc. per common share (note 2):
    
Basic
 $(0.05)
 $0.30 
 $0.42 
  (0.05)
Diluted
  (0.05)
 $0.18 
 $0.37 
 $(0.05)
Weighted-average common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts (note 2):
    
    
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts (note 2):
Weighted average common shares outstanding used in computing per share amounts (note 2):
    
Basic
  6,865,390 
  2,176,315 
  15,788,460 
  6,865,390 
Diluted
  6,865,390 
  3,792,137 
  17,912,105 
  6,865,390 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
76

 
ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
 
 
 
 
Series A
 
 
Series B
 
 
Series C
 
 
Series D
 
 
Series E
 
 
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
Common
Stock Class A
 
 
Common
Stock Class B
 
 
 
 
 
Series A
 
 
Series B
 
 
Series C
 
 
Series D
 
 
Series E
 
 
Series F
 
 
 
 
 
Common
Stock Class A
 
 
Common
Stock Class B
 
 
 
 
 
shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Total Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Additional Paid-in
Capital
 
 
Accumulated Deficit
 
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 Income
 
 
Non-controlling
Interest
 
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Total Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Shares
 
 
Amount
 
 
Additional Paid-in
Capital
 
 
Accumulated Income (Deficit)
 
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 Income (Loss)
 
 
Non-controlling
Interest
 
 
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
 
(in thousands, except share data)
 
Balance at January 1, 2016
  385,000 
 $288 
  1,572,000 
 $1,572 
  1,360,962 
 $2,041 
  1,326,642 
 $4,975 
   
 $ 
   
 $ 
 $8,876 
  2,047,403 
 $280 
   
 $ 
   
 $ 
 $2,243 
 $(10,675)
 $(84)
 $3,757 
 $(4,479)
Net income
   
   
   
  1,031 
   
  1,356 
  2,387 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
   
   
  (329)
  (193)
  (522)
Redomestication
   
  (2,047,403)
  (280)
   
  2,047,403 
  1 
  279 
   
Issuance of stock
   
  3,615,800 
  9,039 
   
   
Debt conversion
   
  47,454 
  119 
   
   
  1,812,069 
  1 
   
  4,131 
   
  4,132 
Exercise of stock option
   
   
   
  416,671 
   
  362,335 
   
  584 
   
  584 
compensation
   
   
   
  383 
   
  383 
    
    
    
 
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2016
  385,000 
 $288 
  1,572,000 
 $1,572 
  1,360,962 
 $2,041 
  1,326,642 
 $4,975 
   
 $ 
  3,663,254 
 $9,158 
 $18,034 
   
 $ 
  2,228,740 
 $1 
  2,409,738 
 $1 
 $7,620 
 $(9,643)
 $(413)
 $4,919 
 $2,485 
  385,000 
 $288 
  1,572,000 
 $1,572 
  1,360,962 
 $2,041 
  1,326,642 
 $4,975 
   
 $ 
  3,663,254 
 $9,158 
 $18,034 
  2,228,740 
 $1 
  2,409,738 
 $1 
 $7,620 
 $(9,643)
 $(413)
 $4,919 
 $2,485 
Net loss
   
   
   
  (318)
   
  (554)
  (872)
   
  (318)
   
  (554)
  (872)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
   
   
  535 
  185 
  720 
   
  535 
  185 
  720 
Exercise of stock option
   
   
   
  472,887 
   
  396 
   
  396 
   
  472,887 
   
  396 
   
  396 
Stock-based compensation
   
   
   
  1,622 
   
  1,622 
   
  1,622 
   
  1,622 
Purchase of non-controlling interest
   
   
   
  (16,258)
   
  (4,550)
  (20,808)
   
  (16,258)
   
  (4,550)
  (20,808)
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock
   
  4,998,508 
 $5,800 
   
  5,800 
   
   
   
  4,998,508 
 $5,800 
   
  5,800 
   
Issuance of Common Stock to Ninebell
   
   
   
  133,334 
   
  1,000 
   
  1,000 
   
  133,334 
   
  1,000 
   
  1,000 
Issuance of Common Stock to Shanghai and Pudong VC
   
   
   
  1,906,674 
   
  14,299 
   
  14,299 
   
  1,906,674 
   
  14,299 
   
  14,299 
Convertible preferred shares converted to common shares in connection with initial public offering
  (385,000)
  (288)
  (1,572,000)
  (1,572)
  (1,360,962)
  (2,041)
  (1,326,642)
  (4,975)
  (4,998,508)
  (5,800)
  (3,663,254)
  (9,158)
  (23,834)
   
   
  4,627,577 
   
  23,834 
   
  23,834 
  (385,000)
  (288)
  (1,572,000)
  (1,572)
  (1,360,962)
  (2,041)
  (1,326,642)
  (4,975)
  (4,998,508)
  (5,800)
  (3,663,254)
  (9,158)
  (23,834)
  4,627,577 
   
  23,834 
   
  23,834 
Issuance of Class A common stock in connection with initial public offering and concurrent private placement, net of issuance costs of $2,791 and underwriter's warrant of $137
   
   
   
  3,566,334 
   
  17,044
 
   
  17,044
 
Issuance of underwriter's warrant
  
 
  
 
  
 
  137
 
  
 
   
  137
 
Proceeds from initial public, net of capitalized IPO cost and issuance costs of $2,791
   
  3,566,334 
   
  17,181 
   
  17,181 
Reclassification of reverse split par value
   
   
   
  (1)
  1 
   
   
  (1)
  1 
   
    
    
    
    
Balance at December 31, 2017
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
   
 $ 
  12,935,546 
 $1 
  2,409,738 
 $- 
 $49,695 
 $(9,961)
 $122 
 $- 
 $39,857 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  12,935,546 
 $1 
  2,409,738 
 $- 
 $49,695 
 $(9,961)
 $122 
 $- 
 $39,857 
Net income
   
  6,574 
   
  6,574 
Foreign currency translation adjustment
   
  (979)
   
  (979)
Exercise of stock option
   
  265,952 
   
  528 
   
  528 
Stock-based compensation
   
  3,363 
   
  3,363 
Conversion of class B common shares to Class A common shares
   
  511,315 
   
  (511,315)
   
Exercise of common stock warrant issued to SMC
   
  397,502 
   
  2,981 
   
  2,981 
Balance at December 31, 2018
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  - 
 $- 
  14,110,315 
 $1 
  1,898,423 
 $- 
 $56,567 
 $(3,387)
 $(857)
 $- 
 $52,324 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
77

 
ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 $(872)
 $2,387 
 $6,574 
 $(872)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) from operations to net cash provided by operating activities:
    
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash provided by operating activities
    
Depreciation and amortization
  271 
  187 
  417 
  271 
Undistributed earnings from investments in equity method affiliates
  (37)
  - 
Loss on disposals of fixed assets, intangible assets and other long-term assets
  1 
  3 
Net loss from debt conversion and interest waiver
  - 
  1,608 
Equity income in net income of affiliates
  (123)
  (37)
Deferred income taxes
  659 
  436 
  (405)
  659 
Stock-based compensation
  1,622 
  383 
  3,363 
  1,622 
Loss on disposals of fixed assets, intangible assets and other long-term assets
  - 
  1 
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    
    
Accounts receivable
  (9,757)
  (4,724)
  883 
  (9,757)
Other receivables
  332 
  (621)
  (1,171)
  332 
Inventory
  (3,073)
  (3,055)
  (24,083)
  (3,073)
Prepaid expenses
  256 
  219 
  (1,494)
  256 
Other current assets
 8 
  (47)
  44 
  8 
Accounts payable
  1,905 
  3,177 
  9,825 
  1,905 
Advances from customers
  (127)
  (4,078)
  8,316 
  (127)
Income tax payable
  1,149 
  - 
Other payables and accrued expenses
  1,789 
  276 
  4,954 
  1,789 
Other long-term liabilities
  (1,078)
  147 
  (1,340)
  (1,078)
Net cash used in operating activities
  (8,101)
  (3,702)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  6,909 
  (8,101)
    
    
Cash flows from investing activities:
    
    
Purchase of property and equipment
  (651)
  (795)
  (1,830)
  (651)
Purchase of intangible assets
  (115)
  (22)
  (241)
  (115)
Proceed from disposal of property and equipment
  - 
  7 
Loan to related party
  (946)
  - 
  - 
  (946)
Purchase of non-controlling interest
  (20,808)
  - 
  - 
  (20,808)
Investment in affiliates, equity method
  (1,200)
  - 
Investments in unconsolidated equity method affiliates
  - 
  (1,200)
Net cash used in investing activities
  (23,720)
  (810)
  (2,071)
  (23,720)
    
    
Cash flows from financing activities:
    
    
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
  11,154 
  5,918 
  17,726 
  11,154 
Repayments of short-term borrowings
  (11,110)
  (7,575)
  (13,131)
  (11,110)
Investors’ deposit
  - 
  2,902 
Proceeds from stock option exercise to common stock
  396 
  410 
  528 
  396 
Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock
  5,800 
  - 
  - 
  5,800 
Proceeds from issuance of Series F convertible preferred stock
  - 
  9,040 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering and concurrent private placement, net of direct issuance expenses of $1,254
  18,717 
  - 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering and concurrent private placement
  - 
  18,717 
Payment of initial public offering expenses
  (1,537)
  - 
  - 
  (1,537)
Investment in affiliates, equity method
  1,000 
  - 
Repayments of notes payable
  - 
  (141)
Investment in affiliates
  - 
  1,000 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock for non-controlling interest purchase
  14,300 
  - 
  - 
  14,300 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  38,720
 
  10,554 
  5,123 
  38,720 
    
    
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  663
 
  (324)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent
 $(518)
 $663 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalent
 $9,443 
 $7,562 
    
    
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  7,562 
  5,718 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  10,119 
  4,401 
  17,681 
  10,119 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $17,681 
 $10,119 
 $27,124 
 $17,681 
    
    
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
    
    
Interest paid
 $277 
 $181 
 $498 
 $277 
    
Non-cash financing activities:
    
    
Debt conversion to Class A common stock
  - 
 $1,486 
Debt conversion to Series F convertible preferred stock
  - 
 $119 
Exercise of stock option in lieu of the cash repayment of notes payable
  - 
 $174 
Preferred stock conversion to common stock in connection with initial public offering
 $23,834 
  - 
 $- 
 $23,834 
Warrant conversion to common stock
 $3,079 
  - 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

78

 
ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial StatementsRedeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series F
Common
(in thousands, except share and per share data)Stock Class A
Common
Stock Class B
shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Total Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated Income (Deficit)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 Income (Loss)
Non-controlling
NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESSInterest
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
 
ACM Research, Inc. (“ACM”
Balance at December 31, 2016
385,000
$288
1,572,000
$1,572
1,360,962
$2,041
1,326,642
$4,975
$
3,663,254
$9,158
$18,034
2,228,740
$1
2,409,738
$1
$7,620
$(9,643) and its subsidiaries (collectively with ACM, the “Company”
$(413) develop, manufacture and sell single-wafer wet cleaning equipment used to improve the manufacturing process and yield for advanced integrated chips. The Company markets and sells, under the brand name “Ultra C,” lines
$4,919
$2,485
Net loss
(318)
(554)
(872)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
535
185
720
Exercise of equipment based on the Company’s proprietary Space Alternated Phase Shift (“SAPS”) and Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation (“TEBO”) technologies. These tools are designed to remove random defects from a wafer surface efficiently, without damaging the wafer or its features, even at increasingly advanced process nodes.stock option
  
ACM was incorporated in California in 1998, and it initially focused on developing tools for manufacturing process steps involving the integration of ultra low-K materials and copper. The Company’s early efforts focused on stress-free copper-polishing technology, and it sold tools based on that technology in the early 2000s.
  
In 2006 the Company established its operational center in Shanghai in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), where it operates through ACM’s subsidiary ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. (“ACM Shanghai”). ACM Shanghai was formed to help establish and build relationships with integrated circuit manufacturers in the PRC, and the Company financed its Shanghai operations in part through sales
472,887
396
396
Stock-based compensation
1,622
1,622
Purchase of non-controlling equity interests in ACM Shanghai.interest
  
In 2007 the Company began
(16,258)
(4,550)
(20,808)
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock
4,998,508
$5,800
5,800
Issuance of Common Stock to focus its development efforts on single-wafer wet-cleaning solutions for the front-end chip fabrication process. The Company introduced its SAPS megasonic technology, which can be applied in wet wafer cleaning at numerous steps during the chip fabrication process, in 2009. It introduced its TEBO technology, which can be applied at numerous steps during the fabricationNinebell
133,334
1,000
1,000
Issuance of small node two-dimensional conventional and three-dimensional patterned wafers, in March 2016. The Company has designed its equipment models for SAPS and TEBO solutions using a modular configuration that enables itCommon Stock to create a wet-cleaning tool meeting the specific requirements of a customer, while using pre-existing designs for chamber, electrical, chemical delivery and other modules. The Company also offers a range of custom-made equipment, including cleaners, coaters and developers, to back-end wafer assembly and packaging factories, principally in the PRC.
In 2011 ACM Shanghai formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the PRC, ACM Research (Wuxi), Inc. (“ACM Wuxi”), to manage sales and service operations.
In November 2016 ACM redomesticated from California to Delaware pursuant to a merger in which ACM Research, Inc., a California corporation, was merged into a newly formed, wholly owned Delaware subsidiary, also named ACM Research, Inc.
In June 2017 ACM formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, CleanChip Technologies Limited (“CleanChip”), to act on the Company’s behalf in Asian markets outside the PRC by, for example, serving as a trading partner between ACM Shanghai and its customers, procuring raw materialsPudong VC
1,906,674
14,299
14,299
Convertible preferred shares converted to common shares in connection with initial public offering
(385,000)
(288)
(1,572,000)
(1,572)
(1,360,962)
(2,041)
(1,326,642)
(4,975)
(4,998,508)
(5,800)
(3,663,254)
(9,158)
(23,834)
4,627,577
23,834
23,834
Proceeds from initial public, net of capitalized IPO cost and components, performing sales and marketing activities, and making strategic investments.issuance costs of $2,791
3,566,334
17,181
17,181
Reclassification of reverse split par value
(1)
1
    
In August 2017 ACM purchased 18.77% of ACM Shanghai’s equity interests held by Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd.("SSTVC"). On November 8, 2017, ACM purchased the remaining 18.36% of ACM Shanghai’s equity interest held by Shanghai Pudong High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. (“PDHTI”) and Shanghai Zhangjiang Science & Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd. (“ZSTVC”). At
Balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively, ACM owned 100% and 62.87%
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
$-
12,935,546
$1
2,409,738
$-
$49,695
$(9,961)
$122
$-
$39,857
Net income
6,574
6,574
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(979)
(979)
Exercise of the outstanding equity interestsstock option
265,952
528
528
Stock-based compensation
3,363
3,363
Conversion of ACM Shanghai, and indirectly through ACM Shanghai, owned 100% and 62.87% of the outstanding equity interests of ACM Wuxi, respectively.
On September 13, 2017, ACM effectuated a 1-for-3 reverse stock split (the “Reverse Split”) of Class A and Classclass B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all share numbers, per share amount, share prices, exercise prices and conversion rates set forth in those notes and the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been adjusted retrospectivelyshares to reflect the Reverse Split.
79
On November 2, 2017, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 220451) for our initial public offering of Class A common stock, or IPO, was declared effective by the SEC. Sharesshares
511,315
(511,315)
Exercise of Class A common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on November 3, 2017.
warrant issued to SMC
  
In December 2017 ACM formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Republic of Korea, ACM Research Korea CO., LTD. (“ACM Korea”), to serve our customers based in Republic of Korea and perform sales, marketing, research and delveopment activities. ACM Korea has not yet commenced its operation during the year ended December 31, 2017.
  
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
  
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
  
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated accounts include ACM and its subsidiaries,
  ACM Shanghai, ACM Wuxi, CleanChip and ACM Korea. Subsidiaries are those entities in which ACM, directly and indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.
  
Use of Estimates
  
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported revenues and expenses during the reported period in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company’s significant accounting estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, those used for the valuation and recognition of stock-based compensation arrangements and warrant liability, realization of deferred tax assets, assessment for impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation for excess and obsolete inventories, lower of cost and market value or net realizable value of inventories, depreciable lives of property and equipment, and useful life of intangible assets.
  
Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
  
Cash and Cash Equivalents
  
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits that are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less at the date of purchase. At times, cash deposits may exceed government-insured limits.
  
Accounts Receivable
  
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company reviews its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history and credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company, based on a review of its outstanding balances and its customers, determined no allowance for doubtful accounts was necessary.
  
Inventory
  397,502
Inventory consists of raw materials and related goods, work-in-progress, finished goods, and other consumable materials such as spare parts. Finished goods typically are shipped from the Company’s warehouse within one month of completion.
  
Inventory was recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value
2,981
2,981
Balance at December 31, 2017 and 2016.2018
  -
● 
The cost of a general inventory item is determined using the weighted moving average method. Under the weighted moving average method, the Company calculates the new average price of all items of a particular inventory stock each time one or more items of that stock are purchased. The then-current average price of the stock is used for purposes of determining cost of inventory or cost of revenue. The cost of an inventory item purchased specifically for a customized product is determined using the specific identification method. Low-cost consumable materials and packaging materials are expensed as incurred.
 $-
  -
80
 $-
  -
● 
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs to complete or dispose.
 $-
The Company assesses the recoverability of all inventories quarterly to determine if any adjustments are required. Potential excess or obsolete inventory is written off based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and estimates of future 12-month demand and market conditions.
  -
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
 $-
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment in value. Depreciation begins when the asset is placed in service and is calculated by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset (or, if shorter, over the lease term). Betterments or renewals are capitalized when incurred. Plant, property and equipment is reviewed each year to determine whether any events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.
  -
Estimated useful lives of assets in the United States are as follows:$-
-
$-
$-
14,110,315
$1
1,898,423
$-
$56,567
$(3,387)
$(857)
$-
$52,324
 
Computer and office equipment3 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Leasehold improvementsshorter of lease term or estimated useful life
ACM’s subsidiaries follow regulations for depreciation of fixed assets implemented under the PRC’s Enterprise Income Tax Law, which state that the minimum useful lives used for calculating depreciation for fixed assets are as follows:The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
 
Manufacturing equipmentfor small to medium-sized equipment, 5 years; for large equipment, estimated by purchasing department at time of acceptance
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Transportation equipment4 to 5 years
Electronic equipment3 years
Leasehold improvementsremaining lease term for improvements on leased fixed assets or, for large improvements, estimated useful life; not less than 3 years for non-fixed asset repairs

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that neither materially add to the value of the property nor appreciably prolong the life of the property are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale of an asset, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.
Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets consist of software used for finance, manufacturing, and research and development purposes. Assets are valued at cost at the time of acquisition and are amortized over their beneficial periods. If a contract specifies a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a term not exceeding the beneficial period. If the contract does not specify a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a term not exceeding the valid period specified by local law. If neither the contract nor local law specifies a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a period of up to 10 years. Currently, the software that the Company uses is amortized over a two-year period in accordance with the policy described above.
81
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life of the assets is shorter than the Company had originally estimated. When these events or changes occur, the Company evaluates the impairment of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. No impairment charge was recognized for either of the periods presented.
Leases
Each lease is classified at the inception date as either a capital lease or an operating lease. For the lessee, a lease is a capital lease if any of the following conditions exist: (a) ownership is transferred to the lessee by the end of the lease term; (b) there is a bargain purchase option; (c) the lease term is at least 75% of the property’s estimated remaining economic life; or (d) the present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term is 90% or more of the fair value of the leased property to the leasor at the inception date. A capital lease is accounted for as if there was an acquisition of an asset and an incurrence of an obligation at the inception of the lease. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the terms of underlying lease. The Company had no capital lease for either of the periods presented.
 
ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 $6,574 
 $(872)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash provided by operating activities
    
    
Depreciation and amortization
  417 
  271 
Equity income in net income of affiliates
  (123)
  (37)
Deferred income taxes
  (405)
  659 
Stock-based compensation
  3,363 
  1,622 
Loss on disposals of fixed assets, intangible assets and other long-term assets
  - 
  1 
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    
    
Accounts receivable
  883 
  (9,757)
Other receivables
  (1,171)
  332 
Inventory
  (24,083)
  (3,073)
Prepaid expenses
  (1,494)
  256 
Other current assets
  44 
  8 
Accounts payable
  9,825 
  1,905 
Advances from customers
  8,316 
  (127)
Income tax payable
  1,149 
  - 
Other payables and accrued expenses
  4,954 
  1,789 
Other long-term liabilities
  (1,340)
  (1,078)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  6,909 
  (8,101)
 
    
    
Cash flows from investing activities:
    
    
Purchase of property and equipment
  (1,830)
  (651)
Purchase of intangible assets
  (241)
  (115)
Loan to related party
  - 
  (946)
Purchase of non-controlling interest
  - 
  (20,808)
Investments in unconsolidated equity method affiliates
  - 
  (1,200)
Net cash used in investing activities
  (2,071)
  (23,720)
 
    
    
Cash flows from financing activities:
    
    
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
  17,726 
  11,154 
Repayments of short-term borrowings
  (13,131)
  (11,110)
Proceeds from stock option exercise to common stock
  528 
  396 
Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock
  - 
  5,800 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering and concurrent private placement
  - 
  18,717 
Payment of initial public offering expenses
  - 
  (1,537)
Investment in affiliates
  - 
  1,000 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock for non-controlling interest purchase
  - 
  14,300 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  5,123 
  38,720 
 
    
    
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent
 $(518)
 $663 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalent
 $9,443 
 $7,562 
 
    
    
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  17,681 
  10,119 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $27,124 
 $17,681 
 
    
    
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
    
    
Interest paid
 $498 
 $277 
Non-cash financing activities:
    
    
Preferred stock conversion to common stock in connection with initial public offering
 $- 
 $23,834 
Warrant conversion to common stock
 $3,079 
  - 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
 
The Company recorded each series
Series A
Series B
Series C
Series D
Series E
Series F
Common
Stock Class A
Common
Stock Class B
shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Total Amount
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional Paid-in
Capital
Accumulated Income (Deficit)
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
 Income (Loss)
Non-controlling
Interest
Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Balance at December 31, 2016
385,000
$288
1,572,000
$1,572
1,360,962
$2,041
1,326,642
$4,975
$
3,663,254
$9,158
$18,034
2,228,740
$1
2,409,738
$1
$7,620
$(9,643)
$(413)
$4,919
$2,485
Net loss
(318)
(554)
(872)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
535
185
720
Exercise of convertiblestock option
472,887
396
396
Stock-based compensation
1,622
1,622
Purchase of non-controlling interest
(16,258)
(4,550)
(20,808)
Issuance of Series E Preferred Stock
4,998,508
$5,800
5,800
Issuance of Common Stock to Ninebell
133,334
1,000
1,000
Issuance of Common Stock to Shanghai and Pudong VC
1,906,674
14,299
14,299
Convertible preferred stock at fair value on the date of issuance,shares converted to common shares in connection with initial public offering
(385,000)
(288)
(1,572,000)
(1,572)
(1,360,962)
(2,041)
(1,326,642)
(4,975)
(4,998,508)
(5,800)
(3,663,254)
(9,158)
(23,834)
4,627,577
23,834
23,834
Proceeds from initial public, net of capitalized IPO cost and issuance costs. The convertible preferredcosts of $2,791
3,566,334
17,181
17,181
Reclassification of reverse split par value
(1)
1
Balance at December 31, 2017
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
$-
12,935,546
$1
2,409,738
$-
$49,695
$(9,961)
$122
$-
$39,857
Net income
6,574
6,574
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(979)
(979)
Exercise of stock is recorded outsideoption
265,952
528
528
Stock-based compensation
3,363
3,363
Conversion of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because, in the eventclass B common shares to Class A common shares
511,315
(511,315)
Exercise of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control (such as a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the convertible preferredcommon stock will become redeemablewarrant issued to SMC
397,502
2,981
2,981
Balance at the option of the holders. The Company has not adjusted the carrying value of any series of convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preference of such series because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.December 31, 2018
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
-
$-
$-
14,110,315
$1
1,898,423
$-
$56,567
$(3,387)
$(857)
$-
$52,324
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 $6,574 
 $(872)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from operations to net cash provided by operating activities
    
    
Depreciation and amortization
  417 
  271 
Equity income in net income of affiliates
  (123)
  (37)
Deferred income taxes
  (405)
  659 
Stock-based compensation
  3,363 
  1,622 
Loss on disposals of fixed assets, intangible assets and other long-term assets
  - 
  1 
Net changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    
    
Accounts receivable
  883 
  (9,757)
Other receivables
  (1,171)
  332 
Inventory
  (24,083)
  (3,073)
Prepaid expenses
  (1,494)
  256 
Other current assets
  44 
  8 
Accounts payable
  9,825 
  1,905 
Advances from customers
  8,316 
  (127)
Income tax payable
  1,149 
  - 
Other payables and accrued expenses
  4,954 
  1,789 
Other long-term liabilities
  (1,340)
  (1,078)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  6,909 
  (8,101)
 
    
    
Cash flows from investing activities:
    
    
Purchase of property and equipment
  (1,830)
  (651)
Purchase of intangible assets
  (241)
  (115)
Loan to related party
  - 
  (946)
Purchase of non-controlling interest
  - 
  (20,808)
Investments in unconsolidated equity method affiliates
  - 
  (1,200)
Net cash used in investing activities
  (2,071)
  (23,720)
 
    
    
Cash flows from financing activities:
    
    
Proceeds from short-term borrowings
  17,726 
  11,154 
Repayments of short-term borrowings
  (13,131)
  (11,110)
Proceeds from stock option exercise to common stock
  528 
  396 
Proceeds from issuance of Series E convertible preferred stock
  - 
  5,800 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with initial public offering and concurrent private placement
  - 
  18,717 
Payment of initial public offering expenses
  - 
  (1,537)
Investment in affiliates
  - 
  1,000 
Proceeds from issuance of common stock for non-controlling interest purchase
  - 
  14,300 
Net cash provided by financing activities
  5,123 
  38,720 
 
    
    
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalent
 $(518)
 $663 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalent
 $9,443 
 $7,562 
 
    
    
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
  17,681 
  10,119 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 $27,124 
 $17,681 
 
    
    
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
    
    
Interest paid
 $498 
 $277 
Non-cash financing activities:
    
    
Preferred stock conversion to common stock in connection with initial public offering
 $- 
 $23,834 
Warrant conversion to common stock
 $3,079 
  - 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


ACM RESEARCH, INC.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
NOTE 1 – DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
ACM Research, Inc. (“ACM”) and its subsidiaries (collectively with ACM, the “Company”) develop, manufacture and sell single-wafer wet cleaning equipment used to improve the manufacturing process and yield for advanced integrated chips. The Company markets and sells its single-wafer wet-cleaning equipment, under the brand name “Ultra C,” based on the Company’s proprietary Space Alternated Phase Shift (“SAPS”) and Timely Energized Bubble Oscillation (“TEBO”) technologies. These tools are designed to remove random defects from a wafer surface efficiently, without damaging the wafer or its features, even at increasingly advanced process nodes.
ACM was incorporated in California in 1998, and it initially focused on developing tools for manufacturing process steps involving the integration of ultra low-K materials and copper. The Company’s early efforts focused on stress-free copper-polishing technology, and it sold tools based on that technology in the early 2000s.
In 2006 the Company established its operational center in Shanghai in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”), where it operates through ACM’s subsidiary ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. (“ACM Shanghai”). ACM Shanghai was formed to help establish and build relationships with integrated circuit manufacturers in the PRC, and the Company initially financed its Shanghai operations in part through sales of non-controlling equity interests in ACM Shanghai.
In 2007 the Company began to focus its development efforts on single-wafer wet-cleaning solutions for the front-end chip fabrication process. The Company introduced its SAPS megasonic technology, which can be applied in wet wafer cleaning at numerous steps during the chip fabrication process, in 2009. It introduced its TEBO technology, which can be applied at numerous steps during the fabrication of small node two-dimensional conventional and three-dimensional patterned wafers, in March 2016. The Company has designed its equipment models for SAPS and TEBO solutions using a modular configuration that enables it to create a wet-cleaning tool meeting the specific requirements of a customer, while using pre-existing designs for chamber, electrical, chemical delivery and other modules. In August 2018, the Company introduced its Ultra-C Tahoe wafer cleaning tool, which can deliver high cleaning performance with significantly less sulfuric acid than typically consumed by conventional high-temperature single-wafer cleaning tools. The Company also offers a range of custom-made equipment, including cleaners, coaters and developers, to back-end wafer assembly and packaging factories, principally in the PRC.
In 2011 ACM Shanghai formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the PRC, ACM Research (Wuxi), Inc. (“ACM Wuxi”), to manage sales and service operations.
In November 2016 ACM redomesticated from California to Delaware pursuant to a merger in which ACM Research, Inc., a California corporation, was merged into a newly formed, wholly owned Delaware subsidiary, also named ACM Research, Inc.
In June 2017 ACM formed a wholly owned subsidiary in Hong Kong, CleanChip Technologies Limited (“CleanChip”), to act on the Company’s behalf in Asian markets outside the PRC by, for example, serving as a trading partner between ACM Shanghai and its customers, procuring raw materials and components, performing sales and marketing activities, and making strategic investments.
In August 2017 ACM purchased 18.77% of ACM Shanghai’s equity interests held by Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd. On November 8, 2017, ACM purchased the remaining 18.36% of ACM Shanghai’s equity interest held by third parties, Shanghai Pudong High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. (“PDHTI”) and Shanghai Zhangjiang Science & Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd. (“ZSTVC”). At December 31, 2017, ACM owned all of the outstanding equity interests of ACM Shanghai, and indirectly through ACM Shanghai, owned all of the outstanding equity interests of ACM Wuxi.

On September 13, 2017, ACM effectuated a 1-for-3 reverse stock split of Class A and Class B common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all share numbers, per share amount, share prices, exercise prices and conversion rates set forth in these notes and the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the reverse stock split.
On November 2, 2017, the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- 220451) for ACM’s initial public offering of Class A common stock (the “IPO”) was declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. Shares of Class A common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Market on November 3, 2017, and the closing for the IPO was held on November 7, 2017.
In December 2017 ACM formed a wholly owned subsidiary in the Republic of Korea, ACM Research Korea CO., LTD. (“ACM Korea”), to serve customers based in Republic of Korea and perform sales, marketing, research and development activities for new products and solutions.
NOTE 2 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated accounts include ACM and its subsidiaries, ACM Shanghai, ACM Wuxi, CleanChip and ACM Korea. Subsidiaries are those entities in which ACM, directly and indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date and the reported revenues and expenses during the reported period in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. The Company’s significant accounting estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to, those used for the valuation and recognition of stock-based compensation arrangements and warrant liability, realization of deferred tax assets, assessment for impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation for excess and obsolete inventories, lower of cost and market value or net realizable value of inventories, depreciable lives of property and equipment, accrued warranty, and useful life of intangible assets.
Management evaluates these estimates and assumptions on a regular basis. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, bank deposits that are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use, and highly liquid investments with an original maturity date of three months or less at the date of purchase. At times, cash deposits may exceed government-insured limits.
Accounts Receivable
Accounts receivable are presented net of an allowance for doubtful accounts. The Company reviews its accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. In evaluating the collectability of individual receivable balances, the Company considers many factors, including the age of the balance, a customer’s historical payment history and credit worthiness, and current economic trends. Accounts are written off after all collection efforts have been exhausted. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the Company, based on a review of its outstanding balances and its customers, determined the allowance for doubtful accounts in the amount of $0 and $0 respectively.

Inventory
Inventory consists of raw materials and related goods, work-in-progress, finished goods, and other consumable materials such as spare parts. Finished goods typically are shipped from the Company’s warehouse within one month of completion.
Inventory was recorded at the lower of cost or net realizable value at December 31, 2018 and 2017.
The cost of a general inventory item is determined using the weighted moving average method. Under the weighted moving average method, the Company calculates the new average price of all items of a particular inventory stock each time one or more items of that stock are purchased. The then-current average price of the stock is used for purposes of determining cost of inventory or cost of revenue. The cost of an inventory item purchased specifically for a customized product is determined using the specific identification method. Low-cost consumable materials and packaging materials are expensed as incurred.
Market value is determined as the lower of replacement cost or net realizable value.
Net realizable value is the estimated selling price, in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs to complete or dispose.
The Company assesses the recoverability of all inventories quarterly to determine if any adjustments are required. Potential excess or obsolete inventory is written off based on management’s analysis of inventory levels and estimates of future 12-month demand and market conditions.
Property, Plant and Equipment, Net
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment in value. Depreciation begins when the asset is placed in service and is calculated by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of an asset (or, if shorter, over the lease term). Betterments or renewals are capitalized when incurred. Plant, property and equipment is reviewed each year to determine whether any events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable.
Estimated useful lives of assets in the United States are as follows:
 
Revenue Recognition
Computer and office equipment3 to 5 years
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Leasehold improvementsshorter of lease term or estimated useful life
ACM’s subsidiaries follow regulations for depreciation of fixed assets implemented under the PRC’s Enterprise Income Tax Law, which state that the minimum useful lives used for calculating depreciation for fixed assets are as follows:
 
The Company recognizes revenue when all the following conditions are met:
Manufacturing equipment
for small to medium-sized equipment, 5 years; for large equipment,
estimated by purchasing department at time of acceptance
Furniture and fixtures5 years
Transportation equipment4 to 5 years
Electronic equipment3 years
Leasehold improvements
remaining lease term for improvements on leased fixed assets or,
● for large improvements, estimated useful life;
there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement;
● 
the product delivery has occurred and the Company has transferred major risks and remunerations over the ownership of the product to the buyer or a service has been fully rendered and completed;
● 
the collection of the receivable is probable; and
● 
the amount of the payment is fixed or determinable.
The Company derives revenue principally from sales of semiconductor capital equipment. In general, the Company recognizes revenue when the product has been demonstrated to meet the predetermined specifications and is accepted by the customer. If terms of the sale providenot less than 3 years for a lapsing customer acceptance period, the Company recognizes revenue upon the earlier of the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period and customer acceptance. In the following circumstances, however, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment or delivery, when the legal title of the product is passed to a customer:non-fixed asset repairs
● 
when the customer has previously accepted the same tool with the same specifications and when the Company can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;
● 
when the sales contract or purchase order contains no acceptance agreement or no lapsing acceptance provision and when the Company can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;
● 
when the customer withholds acceptance due to issues unrelated to product performance, in which case revenue is recognized when the system is performing as intended and meets predetermined specifications; or
● 
the Company’s sales arrangements do not include a general right of return.
Customization, production, installation and delivery are essential elements of the functionality of a delivered machine; the services offered, principally the warranty, are not essential to the functionality of the machine. The Company treats the customization, production, installation and delivery of machines, together with the provision of related warranty and other services, as a single unit of accounting in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Subtopic 605-25, Revenue Recognition – Multiple-Element Arrangements. All of the Company’s products were sold in stand-alone arrangements during the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
After the warranty period has expired, the Company will also provide customers with post-warranty services, which mainly include the installation and replacement of parts and small-scale modifications to the existing products. The related revenue and costs are recognized as revenue and cost of revenue, respectively, when the parts have been delivered and installed, risk of loss has passed to the customer, and collection of the resulting receivable is probable.
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of: direct materials, comprised principally of parts used in assembling equipment, together with crating and shipping costs; direct labor, including salaries and other labor related expenses attributable to the Company’s manufacturing department; and allocated overhead cost, such as personnel cost, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs associated with supply chain management and quality assurance activities, as well as shipping insurance premiums.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements and refinements to existing products or to the process of supporting customer evaluations of tools, including the development of new tools for evaluation by customers during the product demonstration process, are expensed as incurred.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs, which relate to transportation of products to customer locations, are charged to selling and marketing expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, shipping and handling costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $139 and $75, respectively.
Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs attributable directly to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets that require a substantial period of time to be ready for their intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets. Income earned on temporary investments of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on those assets is deducted from borrowing costs capitalized. All other borrowing costs are recognized in interest expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the period in which they are incurred. No borrowing costs were capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2017 or 2016.
Warranty
For each of its products, the Company generally provides a warranty ranging from 12 to 36 months and covering replacement of the product during the warranty period. The Company accounts for the estimated warranty costs as sales and marketing expenses at the time revenue is recognized. Warranty obligations are affected by historical failure rates and associated replacement costs. Utilizing historical warranty cost records, the Company calculates a rate of warranty expenses to revenue to determine the estimated warranty charge. The Company updates these estimated charges on a regular basis. The following table shows changes in the Company’s warranty obligations for the year ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Balance at beginning of period
 $290 
 $459 
Additions
  736 
  544 
Utilized
  (187)
  (713)
Balance at end of period
 $839 
 $290 
Government Subsidies
ACM Shanghai has been awarded three subsidies from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC. The first subsidy, which was awarded in October 2008, relates to the development and commercialization of 65-45 nanometer Stress Free Polishing technology. The second subsidy was awarded in April 2009 to fund interest expenses for short-term borrowings. The third subsidy was awarded in January 2014 and relates to the development of Electro Copper Plating technology. The PRC governmental authorities will provide the majority of the funding, although ACM Shanghai is also required to invest certain amounts in the projects.
The government subsidies contain certain operating conditions and therefore are recorded as long-term liabilities upon receipt. The grant amounts are recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive income:
● 
Government subsidies relating to current expenses are recorded as reductions of those expenses in the periods in which the current expenses are recorded. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, related government subsidies recognized as reductions of relevant expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income were $3,421 and $6,244 respectively.
● 
Government subsidies for short-term borrowings’ interest expenses are reported as reductions of interest expenses in the period the interest is accrued, which were $0 and $99 for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
● 
Government subsidies related to depreciable assets are credited to income over the useful lives of the related assets for which the grant was received. For the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, related government subsidies recognized as other income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income were $135 and $127, respectively.
Unearned government subsidies received are deferred for recognition and recorded as other long-term liabilities (note 10)
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs that neither materially add to the value of the property nor appreciably prolong the life of the property are charged to expense as incurred. Upon retirement or sale of an asset, the cost of the asset and the related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is credited or charged to income.

Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets consist of software used for finance, manufacturing, and research and development purposes. Assets are valued at cost at the time of acquisition and are amortized over their beneficial periods. If a contract specifies a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a term not exceeding the beneficial period. If the contract does not specify a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a term not exceeding the valid period specified by local law. If neither the contract nor local law specifies a beneficial period, then the intangible asset is amortized over a period of up to 10 years. Currently, the software that the Company uses is amortized over a two-year period in accordance with the policy described above.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful life of the assets is shorter than the Company had originally estimated. When these events or changes occur, the Company evaluates the impairment of the long-lived assets by comparing the carrying value of the assets to an estimate of future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If the sum of the expected future undiscounted cash flow is less than the carrying value of the assets, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying value over the fair value. No impairment charge was recognized for either of the periods presented.
Leases
Each lease is classified at the inception date as either a capital lease or an operating lease. For the lessee, a lease is a capital lease if any of the following conditions exist: (a) ownership is transferred to the lessee by the end of the lease term; (b) there is a bargain purchase option; (c) the lease term is at least 75% of the property’s estimated remaining economic life; or (d) the present value of the minimum lease payments at the beginning of the lease term is 90% or more of the fair value of the leased property to the leasor at the inception date. A capital lease is accounted for as if there was an acquisition of an asset and an incurrence of an obligation at the inception of the lease. All other leases are accounted for as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the terms of the underlying lease. The Company had no capital lease for either of the periods presented.
Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock
The Company recorded each series of convertible preferred stock at fair value on the date of issuance, net of issuance costs. The convertible preferred stock is recorded outside of stockholders’ equity (deficit) because, in the event of certain deemed liquidation events considered not solely within the Company’s control (such as a merger, acquisition, or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets), the convertible preferred stock will become redeemable at the option of the holders. The Company has not adjusted the carrying value of any series of convertible preferred stock to the liquidation preference of such series because it is uncertain whether or when an event would occur that would obligate the Company to pay the liquidation preferences to holders of convertible preferred stock. Subsequent adjustments to the carrying values to the liquidation preferences will be made only when it becomes probable that such a liquidation event will occur.
Revenue Recognition
On January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all the related amendments (the “New Revenue Standard”) to all contracts which were not completed as of January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The Company does not have open contracts that may result in any changes to revenues applying the New Revenue Standard.

The Company derives revenue principally from the sale of single-wafer wet cleaning equipment. Revenue from contracts with customers is recognized using the following five steps pursuant to the New Revenue Standard:
1.          Identify the contract(s) with a customer;
2.          Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
3.          Determine the transaction price;
4.          Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and
5.          Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.
A contract contains a promise (or promises) to transfer goods or services to a customer. A performance obligation is a promise (or a group of promises) that is distinct. The transaction price is the amount of consideration a company expects to be entitled from a customer in exchange for providing the goods or services.
The unit of account for revenue recognition is a performance obligation (a good or service). A contract may contain one or more performance obligations. Performance obligations are accounted for separately if they are distinct. A good or service is distinct if the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with other resources that are readily available to the customer, and the good or service is distinct in the context of the contract. Otherwise performance obligations are combined with other promised goods or services until the Company identifies a bundle of goods or services that is distinct. Promises in contracts which do not result in the transfer of a good or service are not performance obligations, as well as those promises that are administrative in nature, or are immaterial in the context of the contract. The Company has addressed whether various goods and services promised to the customer represent distinct performance obligations. The Company applied the guidance of ASC Topic 606-10-25-16 through 18 in order to verify which promises should be assessed for classification as distinct performance obligations. The Company’s contracts with customers include more than one performance obligation. For example, the delivery of a piece of equipment generally includes the promise to install the equipment in the customer’s facility. The Company’s performance obligations in connection with a sale of equipment generally include production, delivery and installation, together with the provision of a warranty.
The transaction price is allocated to all the separate performance obligations in an arrangement. It reflects the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services, which may include an estimate of variable consideration to the extent that it is probable of not being subject to significant reversals in the future based on the Company’s experience with similar arrangements. The transaction price excludes amounts collected on behalf of third parties, such as sales taxes. This is done on a relative selling price basis using standalone selling prices (“SSP”). The SSP represents the price at which the Company would sell that good or service on a standalone basis at the inception of the contract. Given the requirement for establishing SSP for all performance obligations, if the SSP is directly observable through standalone sales, then such sales should be considered in the establishment of the SSP for the performance obligation. All of the Company’s products were sold in stand-alone arrangements. The Company does not have observable SSPs for most performance obligations as the obligations are not regularly sold on a standalone basis. Production, delivery and installation of a product, together with provision of a warranty, are a single unit of accounting.
Revenue is recognized when the Company satisfies each performance obligation by transferring control of the promised goods or services to the customer. Goods or services can transfer at a point in time (upon the acceptance of the products or upon the arrival at the destination as stipulated in the shipment terms) in a sale arrangement. In general, the Company recognizes revenue when a tool has been demonstrated to meet the customer’s predetermined specifications and is accepted by the customer. If terms of the sale provide for a lapsing customer acceptance period, the Company recognizes revenue as of the earlier of the expiration of the lapsing acceptance period and customer acceptance. In the following circumstances, however, the Company recognizes revenue upon shipment or delivery, when legal title to the tool is passed to a customer as follows:
When the customer has previously accepted the same tool with the same specifications and the Company can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;

When the sales contract or purchase order contains no acceptance agreement or lapsing acceptance provision and the Company can objectively demonstrate that the tool meets all of the required acceptance criteria;
When the customer withholds acceptance due to issues unrelated to product performance, in which case revenue is recognized when the system is performing as intended and meets predetermined specifications; or
When the Company’s sales arrangements do not include a general right of return.
The Company offers post-warranty period services, which consist principally of the installation and replacement of parts and small-scale modifications to the equipment. The related revenue and costs of revenue are recognized when parts have been delivered and installed, risk of loss has passed to the customer, and collection is probable. The Company does not expect revenue from extended maintenance service contracts to represent a material portion of its revenue in the future. As such, the Company has concluded that its revenue recognition under the adoption of the New Revenue Standard will remain the same as previously reported and will not have material impacts to its consolidated financial statements.
The Company incurs costs related to the acquisition of its contracts with customers in the form of sales commissions. Sales commissions are paid to third party representatives and distributors. Contractual agreements with these parties outline commission structures and rates to be paid. Generally speaking, the contracts are all individual procurement decisions by the customers and are not for significant periods of time, nor do they include renewal provisions. As such, all contracts have an economic life of significantly less than a year. Accordingly, the Company expenses sales commissions when incurred in accordance with the practical expedient in the New Revenue Standard when the underlying contract asset is less than one year. These costs are recorded within sales and marketing expenses.
Generally, all contracts have expected durations of one year or less. Accordingly, the Company applies the practical expedient allowed in the New Revenue Standard and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.
The Company does not incur any costs to fulfill the contracts with customers that are not already reported in compliance with another applicable standard (for example, inventory or plant, property and equipment).
Cost of Revenue
Cost of revenue primarily consists of: direct materials, comprised principally of parts used in assembling equipment, together with crating and shipping costs; direct labor, including salaries and other labor related expenses attributable to the Company’s manufacturing department; and allocated overhead cost, such as personnel cost, depreciation expense, and allocated administrative costs associated with supply chain management and quality assurance activities, as well as shipping insurance premiums.
Research and Development Costs
Research and development costs relating to the development of new products and processes, including significant improvements and refinements to existing products or to the process of supporting customer evaluations of tools, including the development of new tools for evaluation by customers during the product demonstration process, are expensed as incurred.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs, which relate to transportation of products to customer locations, are charged to selling and marketing expense. For the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, shipping and handling costs included in sales and marketing expenses were $146 and $139 respectively.

Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs attributable directly to the acquisition, construction or production of qualifying assets that require a substantial period of time to be ready for their intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets. Income earned on temporary investments of specific borrowings pending their expenditure on those assets is deducted from borrowing costs capitalized. All other borrowing costs are recognized in interest expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income in the period in which they are incurred. No borrowing costs were capitalized for the year ended December 31, 2018 or 2017.
Warranty
For each of its products, the Company generally provides a warranty ranging from 12 to 36 months and covering replacement of the product during the warranty period. The Company accounts for the estimated warranty costs as sales and marketing expenses at the time revenue is recognized. Warranty obligations are affected by historical failure rates and associated replacement costs. Utilizing historical warranty cost records, the Company calculates a rate of warranty expenses to revenue to determine the estimated warranty charge. The Company updates these estimated charges on a regular basis. The following table shows changes in the Company’s warranty obligations for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Balance at beginning of period
 $839 
 $290 
Additions
  1,412 
  736 
Utilized
  (541)
  (187)
Balance at end of period
 $1,710 
 $839 
Government Subsidies
ACM Shanghai has been awarded four subsidies from local and central governmental authorities in the PRC. The first subsidy, which was awarded in October 2008, relates to the development and commercialization of 65-45 nanometer Stress Free Polishing technology. The second subsidy was awarded in April 2009 to fund interest expenses for short-term borrowings. The third subsidy was awarded in January 2014 and relates to the development of Electro Copper Plating technology. The fourth subsidy was awarded in June of 2018, and related to development of Polytetrafluoroethylene. The PRC governmental authorities will provide the majority of the funding, although ACM Shanghai is also required to invest certain amounts in the projects.
The government subsidies contain certain operating conditions and therefore are recorded as long-term liabilities upon receipt. The grant amounts are recognized in the statements of operations and comprehensive income:
Government subsidies relating to current expenses are recorded as reductions of those expenses in the periods in which the current expenses are recorded. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, related government subsidies recognized as reductions of relevant expenses in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income were $1,486 and $3,421 respectively.
Government subsidies related to depreciable assets are credited to income over the useful lives of the related assets for which the grant was received. For the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, related government subsidies recognized as other income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income were $144 and $135, respectively.
Unearned government subsidies received are deferred for recognition and recorded as other long-term liabilities (note 9) in the balance sheet until the criteria for such recognition are satisfied.
 

Stock-based Compensation
 
ACM grants stock options to employees and non-employee consultants and directors and accounts for those stock-based awards in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation,, and FASB ASC Subtopic 505-50, Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees.
84
Non-Employees.
 
Stock-based awards granted to employees are measured at the fair value of the awards on the grant date and are recognized as expenses either (a) immediately on grant, if no vesting conditions are required or (b) using the graded vesting method, net of estimated forfeitures, over the requisite service period. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Stock-based compensation expense, when recognized, is charged to the category of operating expense corresponding to the employee’s service function.
 
Stock-based awards granted to non-employees are accounted for at the fair value of the awards at the earlier of (a) the date at which a commitment for performance by the non-employee to earn the awards is reached and (b) the date at which the non-employee’s performance is complete. The fair value of such non-employee awards is re-measured at each reporting date using the fair value at each period end until the vesting date. Changes in fair value between the reporting dates are recognized by the graded vesting method.
 
Operating and Financial Risks
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company deposits and invests its cash with financial institutions that management believes are creditworthy.
 
The Company is potentially subject to concentrations of credit risks in its accounts receivable. FourThree customers individually accounted for greater than ten percent of the Company’s revenue for the year ended 20172018 and two of those customers individually accounted for greater than ten percent of the Company’s revenue in 2016:2017:
 
 
Year ended December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Customer A
  * 
  33.7%
  24.17%
  * 
Customer B
  18.10%
  25.00 
  23.83 
  18.10 
Customer C
  * 
  24.00 
  * 
  12.77 
Customer D
  12.77 
  16.60 
  * 
  14.12 
Customer E
  14.12 
  * 
  39.63 
  10.23 
Customer F
  10.23 
  * 
 
*
Customer accounted for less than 10% of revenue in the period.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the balance of bank borrowings (note 6) was short-term in nature, matured at various dates within the following year and did not expose the Company to interest rate risk.
 
Liquidity Risk
 
The Company’s working capital at December 31, 20172018 and 20162017 was sufficient to meet its then-current requirements. The Company may, however, require additional cash due to changing business conditions or other future developments, including any investments or acquisitions the Company decides to pursue. In the long run, the Company intends to rely primarily on cash flows from operations and additional borrowings from financial institutions in order to meet its cash needs. If those sources are insufficient to meet cash requirements, the Company may seek to issue additional debt or equity.
 

Country Risk
 
The Company has significant investments in the PRC. The operating results of the Company may be adversely affected by changes in the political and social conditions in the PRC and by changes in Chinese government policies with respect to laws and regulations, anti-inflationary measures, currency conversion and remittance abroad, and rates and methods of taxation, among other things.
 
85
Foreign Currency Risk and Translation
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s reporting currency, while the functional currency of ACM’s subsidiaries is the Chinese Renminbi (“RMB”)., and the Korean Won. Changes in the relative values of U.S. dollars and Chinese RMB affect the Company’s reported levels of revenues and profitability as the results of its operations are translated from RMB into U.S. dollars for reporting purposes. Because the Company has not engaged in any hedging activities, it cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on the results of its operations and it may experience economic losses as a result of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.
 
Transactions of ACM’s subsidiaries involving foreign currencies are recorded in functional currency according to the rate of exchange prevailing on the date when the transaction occurs. The ending balances of the Company’s foreign currency accounts are converted into functional currency using the rate of exchange prevailing at the end of each reporting period. Net gains and losses resulting from foreign exchange transactions are included in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income. Total exchange gain (loss) was respectively,($979) and $1,052 and $ (746) for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.
 
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters, the Company translates assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars from RMB or Korean Won using the rate of exchange prevailing at the applicable balance sheet date and the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and consolidated statements of cash flows are translated at an average rate during the reporting period. Adjustments resulting from the translation are recorded in stockholders’ (deficit) equity as part of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Any differences between the initially recorded amount and the settlement amount are recorded as a gain or loss on foreign currency transaction in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income.
 
Consolidated balance sheets:
At December 31, 2017RMB 6.5359 to $1.00
At December 31, 2016RMB 6.9348 to $1.00
Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income:
Year ended December 31, 2017RMB 6.7522 to $1.00
Year ended December 31, 2016RMB 6.6401 to $1.00
Translations of amounts from RMB and Korean Won into U.S. dollars were made at the following exchange rates for the respective dates and periods:
 
Consolidated balance sheets:
At December 31, 2018RMB 6.8634 to $1.00
At December 31, 2017RMB 6.5359 to $1.00
At December 31, 2018KRW 1,114.83 to $1.00
At December 31, 2017No transactions in Korean Won
Consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income:
Year ended December 31, 2018RMB 6.6181 to $1.00
Year ended December 31, 2017RMB 6.7522 to $1.00
Year ended December 31, 2018
KRW 1,100.11 to $1.00
Year ended December 31, 2017No transactions in Korean Won

Income Taxes
  
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method whereby deferred tax asset and liability account balances are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. The Company provides a valuation allowance, if necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to their estimated realizable values.
 
In evaluating the ability to recover its deferred income tax assets, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including its operating results, ongoing tax planning and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. In the event the Company determines that it would be able to realize its deferred income tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the valuation allowance that would reduce the provision for income taxes. Conversely, in the event that all or part of the net deferred tax assets are determined not to be realizable in the future, an adjustment to the valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period such determination is made.
 
Tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions are recognized when it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained during an audit. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are included within the provision for income tax.
 
86
Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is calculated as follows:
 
 
For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
For the Year Ended December 31
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)
 $(872)
 $2,387 
 $6,574 
 $(872)
Net income (loss) attributable to non-controlling interest
  (554)
  1,356 
Net income allocated to participating securities
  - 
  386 
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders, basic and diluted
 $(318)
 $645 
Net loss attributable to non-controlling interest
  - 
  (554)
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM, basic and diluted
  6,574 
 $(318)
Denominator:
    
    
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
  6,865,390 
  2,176,315 
  15,788,460 
  6,865,390 
Effect of dilutive securities
  - 
  1,615,822 
  2,123,645 
  - 
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
  6,865,390 
  3,792,137 
  17,912,105 
  6,865,390 
Net income (loss) per common share:
    
Net income (loss) attributable to ACM per common share:
    
Basic
 $(0.05)
 $0.30 
 $0.42 
 $(0.05)
Diluted
 $(0.05)
 $0.18 
 $0.37 
 $(0.05)
 
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is presented using the two-class method, which allocates undistributed earnings to common stock and any participating securities according to dividend rights and participation rights on a proportionate basis. Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing the sum of distributed and undistributed earnings attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Shares of ACM’s Series A, B, C, D, E and F convertible preferred stock are participating securities, as the holders are entitled to participate in and receive the same dividends as may be declared for common stockholders on a pro-rata, if-converted basis.
 
ACM has been authorized to issue Class A and Class B common stock since redomesticating in Delaware in November 2016. The two classes of common stock are substantially identical in all material respects, except for voting rights. Since ACM did not declare any dividends for yearduring the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the net income (loss) per common share attributable to each class is the same under the “two-class” method. As such, the two classes of common stock have been presented on a combined basis in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and in the above computation of net income (loss) per common share.
 

Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the potential dilution from securities that could share in ACM’s earnings. All potential dilutive securities, including potentially dilutive convertible preferred stocks and stock options, if any, were excluded from the computation of dilutive net loss per common share for the yearyears ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, as their effects are antidilutive due to our net loss for those periods. The potentially dilutive securities that were not included in the calculation of diluted net income per share in the periods presented where their inclusion would be anti-dilutive are as follows:
 
87
 
 
Year ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Series A convertible preferred stock
  - 
  128,334 
Series B convertible preferred stock
  - 
  524,003 
Series C convertible preferred stock
  - 
  482,288 
Series D convertible preferred stock
  - 
  605,244 
Series F convertible preferred stock
  - 
  1,221,099 
Stock options
  3,372,292 
  1,424,596 
Warrants
 477,502 
  - 
 
  3,849,794 
  4,385,564 
 
 
Year Ended December 31
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Stock options
  3,715,779 
  3,372,292 
Warrant
  80,000 
  477,502 
 
  3,795,779 
  3,849,794 
 
Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to the Company
 
The Company applies FASB ASC Topic 220, Comprehensive Income,, which establishes standards for the reporting and display of comprehensive income or loss, requiring its components to be reported in a financial statement with the same prominence as other financial statements. The comprehensive income (loss) attributable to the Company was $(31)$5,595 and $704$(31) for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.
 
Appropriated Retained Earnings
 
The income of ACM’s PRC subsidiaries is distributable to their shareholders after transfers to reserves as required under relevant PRC laws and regulations and the subsidiaries’ Articles of Association. As stipulated by the relevant laws and regulations in the PRC, the PRC subsidiaries are required to maintain reserves, including reserves for statutory surpluses and public welfare funds that are not distributable to shareholders. A PRC subsidiary’s appropriations to the reserves are approved by its board of directors. At least 10% of annual statutory after-tax profits, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations, is required to be allocated to the statutory surplus reserves. If the cumulative total of the statutory surplus reserves reaches 50% of a PRC subsidiary’s registered capital, any further appropriation is optional.
 
Statutory surplus reserves may be used to offset accumulated losses or to increase the registered capital of a PRC subsidiary, subject to approval from the relevant PRC authorities, and are not available for dividend distribution to the subsidiary’s shareholders. The PRC subsidiaries are prohibited from distributing dividends unless any losses from prior years have been offset. Except for offsetting prior years’ losses, however, statutory surplus reserves must be maintained at a minimum of 25% of share capital after such usage. No retained earnings of either PRC subsidiary had been appropriated to statutory surplus reserves as the PRC subsidiaries recorded accumulated losses as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Under the FASB’s authoritative guidance on fair value measurements, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In determining the fair value, the Company uses various methods including market, income and cost approaches. Based on these approaches, the Company often utilizes certain assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about risk and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable inputs. The Company uses valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Based on observability of the inputs used in the valuation techniques, the Company is required to provide the following information according to the fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy ranks the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are classified and disclosed in one of the following three categories:
 

Level 1: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
 
Level 2: Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or similar assets or liabilities.
88
 
Level 3: Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other valuation methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, and not based on market exchange, dealer or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain unobservable assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets.
 
All transfers between fair value hierarchy levels are recognized by the Company at the end of each reporting period. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, an investment’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the investment. The inputs or methodology used for valuing financial instruments are not necessarily an indication of the risks associated with investment in those instruments.
 
Fair Value Measured or Disclosed on a Recurring Basis
 
Short-term borrowings—Interest rates under the borrowing agreements with the lending parties were determined based on the prevailing interest rates in the market. The Company classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 2 fair value measurement.
 
Warrant liability—The fair value of the warrant liability derives from the Black-Scholes valuation model which incorporates certain unobservable assumptions (note 9)(Note 8). The Company classifies the valuation techniques that use these inputs as Level 3 fair value measurement.
 
Other financial items for disclosure purpose—The fair value of other financial items of the Company for disclosure purpose, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, prepaid expenses, other current assets, notes payable, investors’ deposits, accounts payable, advances from customers, income taxes payable, and other payables and accrued expenses, approximate their carrying value due to their short-term nature.
 
As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, information about inputs into the fair value measurement of the Company’s liabilities that are measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis in periods subsequent to their initial recognition is as follows:
 
 
Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using
 
 
Fair Value Measurement at Reporting Date Using
 
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Liabilities (Level 1)
 
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
Total
 
 
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Liabilities (Level 1)
 
 
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
 
 
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2017:
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2018:
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Short-term borrowings
 $- 
 $9,447 
 $- 
 $9,447 
 $- 
 $9,447 
 $- 
 $9,447 
    
As of December 31, 2017:
    
Liabilities:
 
 
 
    
Short-term borrowings
 $ 
 $5,095 
 $ 
 $5,095 
 $- 
 $5,095 
 $- 
 $5,095 
Warrant liability
   
  3,079 
  - 
  3,079 
    
 $- 
 $5,095 
 $3,079 
 $8,174 
   
  5,095 
  3,079 
  8,174 
 
As of December 31, 2016:
    
    
    
    
Liabilities:
    
    
    
    
Short-term borrowings
 $ 
 $4,761 
 $ 
 $4,761 
89

 
Fair Value Measured on a Non-Recurring Basis
 
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the possibility of impairment. Long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis when there is an indicator of impairment, and they are recorded at fair value only when impairment is recognized. In determining the fair value, the Company used projections of cash flows directly associated with, and which are expected to arise as a direct result of, the use and eventual disposition of the assets. This approach required significant judgments including the Company’s projected net cash flows, which were derived using the most recent available estimate for the reporting unit containing the assets tested. Several key assumptions included periods of operation, projections of product pricing, production levels, product costs, market supply and demand, and inflation.
 
RecentReclassification of Accounts
Certain prior year’s amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentations. There was no change to previously reported stockholders’ deficit or net income.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
 
Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted in the Consolidated Financial Statements for the Year ended December 31, 2017
In April 2016,May 2017, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-09,2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based PaymentScope of Modification Accounting(“ASU 2017-09”), which simplifies several aspectsprovides guidance on determining which changes to the terms and conditions of theshare-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting for employee stock-based payment transactions. The areas for simplification in ASU No. 2016-09 include the income tax consequences, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows.under Topic 718. The amendments in this ASU wereare effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 20162017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for (1) public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and interim(2) all other entities for reporting periods within those annual periods.for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The adoption of ASU 2017-09 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-092017-05, Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets(“ASU 2017-05”), which clarifies the scope of nonfinancial asset guidance in Subtopic 610-20. This ASU also clarifies that derecognition of all businesses and nonprofit activities (except those related to conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights or contracts with customers) should be accounted for in accordance with the derecognition and deconsolidation guidance in Subtopic 810-10. The amendments in this ASU also provide guidance on the accounting for so-called “partial sales” of nonfinancial assets within the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and contributions of nonfinancial assets to a joint venture or other noncontrolled investee. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting reports beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The adoption of ASU 2017-05 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In November 2015,2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-17,2016-18, Income TaxesStatement of Cash Flows (Topic 740)230): Balance SheetRestricted Cash(“ASU 2016-18”), which requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of ASU 2016-18 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Deferred TaxesCertain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments. Topic 740, Income Taxes(“ASU 2016-15”), requireswhich addresses the following cash flow issues: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investees; (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and are effective for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The adoption of ASU 2016-15 did not have material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In January 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-01, “Financial Instruments – Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“ASU 2016-01”). The amendments in this update require all equity investments to be measured at fair value with changes in the fair value recognized through net income (other than those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in consolidation of the investee). The amendments in this update also require an entity to separate deferredpresent separately in other comprehensive income tax liabilities and assets into current and noncurrent amounts in a classified statement of financial position. Deferred tax liabilities and assets are classified as current or noncurrent based on the classificationportion of the related asset ortotal change in the fair value of a liability resulting from a change in the instrument-specific credit risk when the entity has elected to measure the liability at fair value in accordance with the fair value option for financial reporting. Deferred tax liabilities and assets that are not related to an asset or liability for financial reporting are classified according to the expected reversal date of the temporary difference. To simplify the presentation of deferred income taxes,instruments. In addition, the amendments in ASU No. 2015-17 requirethis update eliminate the requirement to disclose the method(s) and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair value that deferred income tax liabilities and assetsis required to be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement ofdisclosed for financial position.instruments measured at amortized cost on the balance sheet for public entities. For public business entities, the amendments in this updateASU 2016-01 are effective for financial statements issued for annual periodsfiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and2017, including interim periods within those annual periods.fiscal years. Except for the early application guidance discussed in ASU 2016-01, early adoption of the amendments in this update is not permitted. The adoption of the ASU No. 2015-172016-01 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-11, Inventory (Topic 330): Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory. The amendments in this update require an entity to measure inventory within the scope of ASU No. 2015-11 (the amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 do not apply to inventory that is measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. The amendments apply to all other inventory, which includes inventory that is measured using first-in, first-out or average cost) at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Subsequent measurement is uncharged for inventory measured using last-in, first-out or the retail inventory method. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 more closely align the measurement of inventory in GAAP with the measurement of inventory in International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU No. 2015-11 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-11 should be applied prospectively with earlier application permitted as of the beginning of an interim or annual reporting period. The adoption of ASU No. 2015-11 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The relevant descriptions have been included in the inventory accounting policy.
In AugustMay 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-15,2014-09, PresentationRevenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), which amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition. ASU 2014-09 establishes principles for recognizing revenue upon the transfer of Financial Statements—Going Concern. The amendmentspromised goods or services to customers, in this update require management to evaluate whether therean amount that reflects the expected consideration received in exchange for those goods or services. ASU 2014-09 and its related clarifying ASUs are conditions and events that raise substantial doubt about an entity’s ability to continue as a going concern for both annual and interim reporting. The guidance is effective for the Company for the annual period endedreporting periods beginning after December 15, 20162017 and interim periods thereafter. Management performed an evaluation of the Company’s ability to fund operations and to continue as a going concern according to ASC Topic 205-40, Presentation of Financial Statements—Going Concern. The adoption of ASU No. 2014-15 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.within those annual periods.
 
90
TableOn January 1, 2018, the Company adopted ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and all the related amendments (the “New Revenue Standard”) to all contracts which were not completed as of ContentsJanuary 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. The Company does not have open contracts that may result in any changes to revenues applying the New Revenue Standard.
 
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In June 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-07, Compensation — Stock Compensation (Topic 718) — Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting (“ASU 2018-07”), which simplifies several aspects of the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions resulting from expanding the scope of Topic 718, Compensation--Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Some of the areas for simplification apply only to nonpublic entities. ASU 2018-07 specifies that Topic 718 applies to all share-based payment transactions in which a grantor acquires goods or services to be used or consumed in a grantor’s own operations by issuing share-based payment awards. ASU 2018-07 also clarify that Topic 718 does not apply to share-based payments used to effectively provide (1) financing to the issuer or (2) awards granted in conjunction with selling goods or services to customers as part of a contract accounted for under the New Revenue Standard. ASU 2018-07 is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within that fiscal year. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-07 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 
In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“ASU 2018-02”), which provides financial statement preparers with an option to reclassify stranded tax effects within accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings in each period in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (or portion thereof) is recorded. The amendments in this ASU 2018-02 are effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption of ASU 2018-02 is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for the public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. The amendments in this ASU 2018-02 should be applied either in the period of adoption or retrospectively to each period (or periods) in which the effect of the change in the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act is recognized. The Company is currently evaluating the impact ofdoes not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2018-02 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In July 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-11, Earnings Per Share (Topic 260); Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity (Topic 480); Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): (Part I) Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Down Round Features, (Part II) Replacement of the Indefinite Deferral for Mandatorily Redeemable Financial Instruments of Certain Nonpublic Entities and Certain Mandatorily Redeemable Noncontrolling Interests with a Scope Exception(“ASU 2017-11”), which addresses the complexity of accounting for certain financial instruments with down round features. Down round features are features of certain equity-linked instruments (or embedded features) that result in the strike price being reduced on the basis of the pricing of future equity offerings. Current accounting guidance creates cost and complexity for entities that issue financial instruments (such as warrants and convertible instruments) with down round features that require fair value measurement of the entire instrument or conversion option. For public business entities, the amendments in Part I of this UpdateASU 2017-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. For all other entities, the amendments in Part I of this UpdateASU 2017-11 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2017-11 on its consolidated financial statements.
In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of Modification Accounting, which provides guidance on determining which changes to the terms and conditions of share-based payment awards require an entity to apply modification accounting under Topic 718. The amendments in this ASU are effective for all entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in any interim period, for (1) public business entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and (2) all other entities for reporting periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The amendments in this ASU should be applied prospectively to an award modified on or after the adoption date. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2017-09 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In February 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-05, Other Income—Gains and Losses from the Derecognition of Nonfinancial Assets (Subtopic 610-20): Clarifying the Scope of Asset Derecognition Guidance and Accounting for Partial Sales of Nonfinancial Assets, which clarifies the scope of nonfinancial asset guidance in Subtopic 610-20. This ASU also clarifies that derecognition of all businesses and nonprofit activities (except those related to conveyances of oil and gas mineral rights or contracts with customers) should be accounted for in accordance with the derecognition and deconsolidation guidance in Subtopic 810-10. The amendments in this ASU also provide guidance on the accounting for so-called “partial sales” of nonfinancial assets within the scope of Subtopic 610-20 and contributions of nonfinancial assets to a joint venture or other noncontrolled investee. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting reports beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2017-05 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
91
 
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment(“ASU 2017-04”), which removes Step 2 from the goodwill impairment test. An entity will apply a one-step quantitative test and record the amount of goodwill impairment as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The new guidanceASU 2017-04 does not amend the optional qualitative assessment of goodwill impairment. A business entity that is a U.S. Securities and Exchange Commissionan SEC filer must adopt the amendments in this ASU 2017-04 for its annual or any interim goodwill impairment test in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted for interim or annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2017-04 on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash, which requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change during the period in the total of cash, cash equivalents, and amounts generally described as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. Therefore, amounts generally described as restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning-of-period and end-of-period total amounts shown on the statement of cash flows. The amendments in this ASU do not provide a definition of restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU No. 2016-18 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which addresses the following cash flow issues: (1) debt prepayment or debt extinguishment costs; (2) settlement of zero-coupon debt instruments or other debt instruments with coupon interest rates that are insignificant in relation to the effective interest rate of the borrowing; (3) contingent consideration payments made after a business combination; (4) proceeds from the settlement of insurance claims; (5) proceeds from the settlement of corporate-owned life insurance policies, including bank-owned life insurance policies; (6) distributions received from equity method investees; (7) beneficial interests in securitization transactions; and (8) separately identifiable cash flows and application of the predominance principle. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those fiscal years and are effective for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2016-15 on its consolidated financial statements.
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)(“ASU 2016-02”). The amendments in this updateASU 2016-02 create Topic 842, Leases, and supersede the leases requirements in Topic 840, Leases. Topic 842 specifies the accounting for leases. The objective of Topic 842 is to establish the principles that lessees and lessors shall apply to report useful information to users of financial statements about the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from a lease. The main difference between Topic 842 and Topic 840 is the recognition of lease assets and lease liabilities for those leases classified as operating leases under Topic 840. Topic 842 retains a distinction between finance leases and operating leases. The classification criteria for distinguishing between finance leases and operating leases are substantially similar to the classification criteria for distinguishing between capital leases and operating leases in the previous leaseslease guidance. The result of retaining a distinction between finance leases and operating leases is that under the lessee accounting model in Topic 842, the effect of leases in the statement of comprehensive income and the statement of cash flows is largely unchanged from previous GAAP. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public business entities. Early application of the amendments in ASU No. 2016-02 is permitted. The Company is currently inWe will adopt Topic 842 effective January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective method and will not restate comparative periods. As permitted under the processtransition guidance, we will carry forward the assessment of evaluating the impactwhether our contracts contain or are leases, classification of theour leases and remaining lease terms. Based on our portfolio of leases as of December 31, 2018, approximately $5 million of lease assets and liabilities will be recognized on our balance sheet upon adoption, of ASU No. 2016-02 on its consolidated financial statements.primarily relating to real estate. We are substantially complete with our implementation efforts.
 
92
In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). ASU No. 2014-09 supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605)”, and requires entities to recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods or services. The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-14, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Deferral of the Effective Date in August 2015. The amendments in ASU No. 2015-14 defer the effective date of ASU No. 2014-09. Public business entities, certain not-for-profit entities, and certain employee benefit plans should apply the guidance in ASU No. 2014-09 to annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Earlier adoption is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period. Further to ASU No. 2014-09 and ASU No. 2015-14, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-08, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net) in March 2016, ASU No. 2016-10, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing in April 2016, ASU No. 2016-12, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Narrow-Scope Improvements and Practical Expedients, and ASU No. 2016-20, Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, respectively. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-08 clarify the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations, including indicators to assist an entity in determining whether it controls a specified good or service before it is transferred to the customers. ASU No. 2016-10 clarifies guideline related to identifying performance obligations and licensing implementation guidance contained in the new revenue recognition standard. The updates in ASU No. 2016-10 include targeted improvements based on input the FASB received from the Transition Resource Group for Revenue Recognition and other stakeholders. It seeks to proactively address areas in which diversity in practice potentially could arise, as well as to reduce the cost and complexity of applying certain aspects of the guidance both at implementation and on an ongoing basis. ASU No. 2016-12 addresses narrow-scope improvements to the guidance on collectability, non-cash consideration, and completed contracts at transition. Additionally, the amendments in this ASU provide a practical expedient for contract modifications at transition and an accounting policy election related to the presentation of sales taxes and other similar taxes collected from customers. The amendments in ASU No. 2016-20 represents changes to make minor corrections or minor improvements to the Codification that are not expected to have a significant effect on current accounting practice or create a significant administrative cost to most entities. The effective date and transition requirements for ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20 are the same as ASU No. 2014-09. The Company will adopt ASU No. 2014-09, ASU No. 2016-08, ASU No. 2016-10, ASU No. 2016-12 and ASU No. 2016-20 at January 1, 2018. The Company has substantially completed the implementation of these ASUs and has identified the necessary changes to its policies, business processes, systems and controls. Whilst the Company has finalized the analysis of its revenue contracts applying the above guidance, and will adopt FASB ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, effective January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition approach. Under this approach, FASB ASC Topic 606 would apply to all new contracts initiated on or after January 1, 2018. For existing contracts that have remaining obligations as of January 1, 2018, any difference between the recognition criteria in these ASUs and the Company's current revenue recognition practices would be recognized using a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated deficit. The Company has concluded that its revenue recognition will remain the same as previously reported and will not have material impacts to its consolidated financial statements.
 
NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, accounts receivable consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Accounts receivable
 $26,762 
 $16,026 
 $24,608 
 $26,762 
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
   
  - 
    
Total
 $26,762 
 $16,026 
 $24,608 
 $26,762 
 
The Company reviews accounts receivable on a periodic basis and makes general and specific allowances when there is doubt as to the collectability of individual balances. No allowance for doubtful accounts iswas considered necessary at December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, accounts receivable of $1,457 (RMB 10,000) and $1,805 (RMB 11,800) was, respectively, were pledged as collateral for borrowings from financial institutions (note 6).
  
93
NOTE 4 – INVENTORY
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, inventory consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018 
 
 
2017 
 
Raw materials
 $6,181
 $7,698 
 $12,646 
 $6,181 
Work in process
  4,328 
  1,260 
  9,631 
  4,328 
Finished goods
 4,879
  2,708 
  16,487 
  4,879 
    
Total inventory, gross
  15,388 
  11,666 
  38,764 
  15,388 
Inventory reserve
   
  - 
  - 
Total inventory, net
 $15,388 
 $11,666 
 $38,764 
 $15,388 
 
The Company did not set up any inventory reserve as of December 31, 20172018 or 20162017 and no inventory was pledged as collateral for borrowings from financial institutions. System shipments of first-tools to an existing or prospective customer, for which ownership does not transfer until customer acceptance, are classified as finished goods inventory and carried at cost until ownership is transferred.
 
NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Manufacturing equipment
 $9,660 
 $8,566 
 $9,703 
 $9,660 
Office equipment
  463 
  410 
  512 
  463 
Transportation equipment
  203 
  191 
  184 
  203 
Leasehold improvement
  277 
  224 
  1,379 
  277 
Total cost
  10,603 
  9,391 
  11,778 
  10,603 
Less: Total accumulated depreciation
  (8,263)
  (7,562)
  (8,102)
  (8,263)
Construction in progress
  - 
  433 
  32 
  - 
Total property, plant and equipment, net
 $2,340 
 $2,262 
 $3,708 
 $2,340 
 
Depreciation expense was $243$350 and $180$243 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, and 2016, respectively.

 
NOTE 6 – SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, short-term borrowings consisted of the following:
 
 
 
December 31,
2017
 
 
December 31,
2016
 
Borrowings from Bank of China, due on February 10, 2017 with annual interest rate of 4.8%, secured by certain of the Company’s intellectual property and fully repaid on February 13, 2017
 $- 
 $1,222 
Borrowings from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on June 24, 2017 with an annual interest rate of 5.66%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and fully repaid on June 25, 2017
  - 
  281 
Line of credit up to $3,605 (RMB 25,000) from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on July 3, 2017 with floating interest (interest rate of 5.66% at December 31, 2016), guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and fully repaid on May 18, 2017
  - 
  1,455 
Line of credit up to $3,670 from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on July 3, 2017 with an annual interest rate of 3.2%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and fully repaid on June 7, 2017
  - 
  1,803 
Line of credit up to $4,590 (RMB 30,000) from Bank of China Pudong Branch, due on March 5, 2018 with floating interest rate (annual interest rate of 4.80% at December 31, 2017), secured by certain of the Company’s intellectual property
  2,219 
  - 
Line of credit up to $3,825 (RMB 25,000) from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, various withdraws due in October 2018 with floating interest rate (annual interest rate of 5.66% at December 31, 2017), guaranteed by the Company’s CEO
  2,111 
  - 
Borrowings from Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank, due on November 21, 2018 with annual interest rate of 5.44%, pledged by ACM Shanghai’s accounts receivable (note 3) and guaranteed by the Company’s CEO.
  765 
  - 
Total
 $5,095 
 $4,761 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Line of credit up to RMB 30,000 from Bank of China Pudong Branch, due on March 5, 2018 with annual interest rate of 5.69%, secured by certain of the Company’s intellectual property and fully repaid on March 5, 2018 .
 $- 
 $2,219 
Line of credit up to RMB 25,000 from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on Various dates of October 2018 with an annual interest rate of 5.66%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and fully repaid on May 8, 2018.
  - 
  2,111 
Line of credit up to RMB 50,000 from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on April 17, 2019 with an annual interest rate of 4.99%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO.
  3,133 
  - 
Line of credit up to RMB 50,000 from Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch, due on February 14, 2019 with an annual interest rate of 5.15%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO.
  485 
  - 
Line of credit up to RMB 5,000 from Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank, due on November 21, 2018 with an annual interest rate of 5.44%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and pledged by accounts receivable (Note 3).
  - 
  765 
Line of credit up to RMB 10,000 from Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank, due on January 23, 2019 with an annual interest rate of 5.44%, guaranteed by the Company’s CEO and pledged by accounts receivable (Note 3).
  1,457 
  - 
Line of credit up to RMB 30,000 from Bank of China Pudong Branch, due on June 6, 2019 with annual interest rate of 5.22%, secured by certain of the Company’s intellectual property and the Company’s CEO.
  2,186 
  - 
Line of credit up to RMB 30,000 from Bank of China Pudong Branch, due on June 13, 2019 with annual interest rate of 5.22%, secured by certain of the Company’s intellectual property and the Company’s CEO.
  2,186 
    
Total
 $9,447 
 $5,095 
 
For the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, interest expense related to short-term borrowings amounted to $498 and $272 and $179 respectively.
94
  
NOTE 7 – OTHER PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, other payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following:
 
 
December 31, 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Lease expenses and payable for leasehold improvement due to a related party (note 12)
 $2,024 
 $1,883 
Commissions
  836 
  757 
Lease expenses and payable for leasehold improvement due to a related party (note 11)
 $53 
 $2,024 
Accrued commissions
  2,931 
  836 
Accrued warranty
  839 
  290 
  1,710 
  839 
Accrued payroll
  745 
  398 
  626 
  745 
Accrued professional fees
  60 
  46 
  64 
  60 
Accrued machine testing fees
  684 
  - 
  3,076 
  684 
Others
  838 
  589 
  1,950 
  849 
Total
 $6,026 
 $3,963 
 $10,410 
 $6,037 

 
NOTE 8 – INVESTORS’ DEPOSITSWARRANT LIABILITY
 
On December 9, 2016, Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership (“SMC”), a related party (note 12)11), delivered RMB 20,124 (approximately $2,981 as of the close of business on such date) in cash (the “SMC Investment”) to ACM Shanghai for potential investment pursuant to terms to be subsequently negotiated. On March 14, 2017, ACM, ACM Shanghai and SMC entered into a securities purchase agreement pursuant to which, in exchange for the SMC Investment, ACM issued to SMC a warrant exercisable to purchase 397,502 shares of ACM’s Class A common stock at a price of $7.50 per share (note 9).
NOTE 9 – WARRANT LIABILITY
On December 9, 2016, SMC delivered the SMC Investment to ACM Shanghai for potential investment pursuant to terms to be subsequently negotiated. As of December 31, 2016, the terms of the SMC Investment had not yet been negotiated and the SMC Investment was recorded as investors’ deposit.
 
On March 14, 2017, ACM, ACM Shanghai and SMC entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “SMC Agreement”) pursuant to which, in exchange for the SMC Investment, ACM issued to SMC a warrant exercisable, for cash or on a cashless basis, to purchase, at any time on or before May 17, 2023, all, but not less than all, of 397,502 shares of ACM’s Class A common stock at a price of $7.50 per share. Under the SMC Agreement, if SMC does not exercise the
The warrant by May 17, 2023, ACM Shanghai will be obligated, subject to approval of governmental authorities and ACM Shanghai’s equity holders, to deliver an equity interest of 3.6394% (subject to dilution) in satisfaction of the SMC Investment. If SMC exercises the warrant or if SMC does not exercise the warrant and the issuance of the equity interest in ACM Shanghai is not completed by August 17, 2023 due to the inability of the parties to obtain required governmental or equity holder approvals, then ACM Shanghai will be obligated to payissued to SMC, in satisfactionwhile outstanding as of the SMC Investment, an amount equal to $2,981, converted into RMB at the lesser of 6.75 and the then-current RMB-to- US dollar exchange rate.
InDecember 31, 2017, was classified as a liability as it was conditionally puttable in accordance with FASB ASC 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, the warrant is classified as a liability as the warrant is conditional puttable.Equity. The fair value of the warrant iswas adjusted for changes in fair value at each reporting period but cannotcould not be lower than the proceeds of the SMC Investment. The corresponding non-cash gain or loss of the changes in fair value iswas recorded in earnings. The methodology used to value the warrant was the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:model.
 
95
December 31,
2017
Fair value of common share (1)
$5.25
Expected term in years (2)
5.38
Volatility (3)
28.71%
Risk-free interest rate (4)
2.20%
Expected dividend (5)
0%
(1) Common stock price wasapproximately $3,000. ACM then transferred the close price at December 31, 2017.
(2) Expected termSMC note to ACM Shanghai in exchange for an intercompany promissory note of ACM Shanghai in the principal amount of approximately $3,000. Each of the warrant represents the period from the current balance sheet datetwo notes bears interest at a rate of 3.01% per annum and matures on August 17, 2023. As security for its performance of its obligations under its note, SMC granted to the warrant expiration date.
(3) Volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of ACM’s comparable companiesACM Shanghai a security interest in the period equal397,502 shares of Class A common stock issued to the expected termSMC upon its exercise of the warrant.
(4) Risk-free interest rate is based on Upon the yieldsissuance of U.S. treasury securities with maturities similar397,502 shares of Class A common stock to SMC, the expected term ofsenior secured promissory note issued to AMC by SMC was offset against the warrant.
(5) Expected dividend is assumed to be 0% as ACM has no history or expectation of paying a dividend on its common stock.SMC investment.
 
NOTE 10 –9– OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
 
Other long-term liabilities represent government subsidies received from PRC governmental authorities for development and commercialization of certain technology but not yet recognized (note 2). As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, other long-term liabilities consisted of the following unearned government subsidies:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
December 31
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Subsidies to Stress Free Polishing project, commenced in 2008 and 2017
 $1,952 
 $1,958 
 $1,483 
 $1,952 
Subsidies to Electro Copper Plating project, commenced in 2014
  4,265 
  4,921 
  2,860 
  4,265 
Subsidies to Polytetrafluoroethylene, commenced in 2018
  178 
  - 
Other
  62 
  - 
Total
 $6,217 
 $6,879 
 $4,583 
 $6,217 
 
NOTE 1110 – EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENT
 
On September 6, 2017, ACM and Ninebell Co., Ltd. (“Ninebell”), a Korean company that is one of the Company’s principal materials suppliers, entered into an ordinary share purchase agreement, effective as of September 11, 2017, pursuant to which Ninebell issued to ACM ordinary shares representing 20% of Ninebell’s post-closing equity for a purchase price of $1,200, and a common stock purchase agreement, effective as of September 11, 2017, pursuant to which ACM issued 133,334 shares of Class A common stock to Ninebell for a purchase price of $1,000 at $7.50 per share. The investment in Ninebell is accounted for under the equity method. Undistributed earnings attributable to ACM’s equity method investment represented $123 and $37 of the consolidated retained earnings at December 31, 2017.2018 and 2017, respectively.

 
NOTE 1211 – RELATED PARTY BALANCES AND TRANSACTIONS
 
On August 18, 2017, ACM and Ninebell, its equity method investment affiliate (note 11)10), entered into a loan agreement pursuant to which ACM made an interest-free loan of $946 to Ninebell, payable in 180 days or automatically extended another 180 days if in default. The loan iswas secured by a pledge of Ninebell’s accounts receivable due from ACM and all money that Ninebell receivesreceived from ACM. Ninebell repaid the loan in March 2018. ACM purchased materials from Ninebell amounting to $7,785 and $3,704 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, accounts payable due to Ninebell waswere $1,477 and $2,118, respectively, and $508,prepaid to Ninebell for material purchases were $572 and $229, respectively.
 
In 2007 ACM Shanghai entered into an operating lease agreement with Shanghai Zhangjiang Group Co., Ltd. (“Zhangjiang Group”), group company of ZSTVC, which is our current investor and previous holder of non-controlling interests in ACM Shanghai (note 14), to lease manufacturing and office space located in Shanghai, China. An affiliate of Zhangjiang Group holds 787,098 shares of Class A common stock that it acquired in September 2017 for $5,903. Pursuant to the lease agreement, Zhangjiang Group provided $771 to ACM Shanghai for leasehold improvements. In September 2016 the lease agreement was amended to modify payment terms and extend the lease through December 31, 2017. DuringFrom January 1 to April 25, 2018, ACM Shanghai leased the year endedproperty on a month-to-month basis. On April 26, 2018, ACM Shanghai entered into a renewed lease with Zhangjiang Group for the period from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2017 and 2016,2022. Under the lease, ACM Shanghai would pay a monthly rental fee of approximately RMB 366 (equivalent to $55). The required security deposit is RMB 1,077 (equivalent to $163). The Company incurred leasing expenses under the lease agreement of $620 and $638 during the years ended December 31, 2018 and $640,2017, respectively. As of December 31, 2017,2018 and December 31, 2016,2017, payables to Zhangjiang Group for lease expenses and leasehold improvements recorded as other payables and accrued expenses amounted to $2,024$53 and $1,883,$2,024, respectively (note 7).
96
 
On December 9, 2016, ACM Shanghai received the SMC Investment from SMC for potential investment pursuant to terms to be subsequently negotiated (notes 8 and 9)(note 8). SMC is a limited partnership incorporated in the PRC, whose partners consist of employees of ACM Shanghai. As of December 31, 2017 and 2016, investors’ deposits from SMC amounted to $0, and $2,902, respectively. On March 14, 2017, ACM, ACM Shanghai and SMC entered into a securities purchase agreement (the “SMC Agreement”) pursuant to which, in exchange for the SMC Investment, ACM issued to SMC a warrant exercisable, for cash or on a cashless basis, to purchase, at any time on or before May 17, 2023, all, but not less than all, of 397,502 shares of ACM’s Class A common stock at a price of $7.50 per share, for a total exercise price of $2,981. Under theOn March 30, 2018, SMC Agreement, if SMC does not exercise the warrant by May 17, 2023, ACM Shanghai will be obligated, subject to approval of governmental authorities and ACM Shanghai’s equity holders, to deliver an equity interest of 3.6394% (subject to dilution) in satisfaction of the SMC Investment. If SMC exercises the warrant or if SMC does not exerciseexercised the warrant and the issuancepurchased 397,502 shares of the equity interest in ACM Shanghai is not completed by August 17, 2023 due to the inability of the parties to obtain required governmental or equity holder approvals, then ACM Shanghai will be obligated to pay to SMC, in satisfaction of the SMC Investment, an amount equal to $2,981, converted into RMB at the lesser of 6.75 and the then-current RMB-to-US dollar exchange rate.Class A common stock (note 8).
 
NOTE 1312 – LEASES
 
ACM entered into a two-year lease agreement in March 2015 for office and warehouse space of approximately 3,000 square feet for its headquarters in Fremont, California, at a rate of $2 per month. On March 22, 2017,February 4, 2019, ACM amended the lease agreement to extend the lease term through March 31, 20192020 and increase the base rent to $3$3.3 per month.month from April 1, 2019 to March 31, 2020 and $3.4 per month from April 1, 2020 to March 31, 2021.
 
ACM Shanghai entered into an operating lease agreement with Zhangjiang Group (a related party, see note 12)Note 11) in 2007 for manufacturing and office space of approximately 63,510 square feet in Shanghai, China. The lease terms and its payment terms are subject to modification and extension with Zhangjiang Group from time to time. The lease with Zhangjiang Group expired on December 31, 2017 and from January 1, 2018 to April 25, 2018 we are now leasingleased the property on a month-to-month basis as we negotiatebasis. On April 26, 2018, ACM Shanghai entered into a renewed lease with Zhangjiang Group for the termsperiod from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2022. Under the lease, ACM Shanghai would pay a monthly rental fee of the lease.approximately RMB 366 (equivalent to $55). The required security deposit is RMB 1,077 (equivalent to $163).
 
ACM Wuxi leases office space in Wuxi, China, at a rate of less than $1 per month.
 

In January 2018, ACM Shanghai entered into an operating lease agreement for the second factory in the Pudong region of Shanghai from January 2018 to January 2023. The new facility has a total of 50,000 square feet of available floor space. The monthly rent varies during the term of the lease.
ACM leases its administrative, research and development and manufacturing facilities under various operating leases. Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable lease agreements as of December 31, 20172018 were as follows:
 
 
December 31,
2017
 
 
December 31,
2018
 
2018
 $50
2019
 22
 $1,391 
2020
  1,371 
2021
  1,403 
2022
  1,441 
Total
 $72
 $5,606 
 
Rent expense was $1867 and $670 an $675 for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, respectively.
 
NOTE 1413 – COMMON STOCK
 
ACM is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock and 7,303,533 shares of Class B common stock, each with a par value of $0.0001. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote, and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to twenty votes and is convertible at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are treated equally, identically and ratably with respect to any dividends if declared by the Board of Directors unless the Board of Directors declares different dividends to the Class A common stock and Class B common stock by getting approval from a majority of common stock holders.
97
 
In August 2017 ACM entered into a securities purchase agreement with PDHTI and its subsidiary Pudong Science and Technology (Cayman) Co., Ltd. (“PST”), in which ACM agreed to bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase PDHTI’s 10.78% equity interestsinterest in ACM Shanghai and to sell shares of Class A common stock to PST. On September 8, 2017, ACM issued 1,119,576 shares of Class A common stock to PST for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, representing an aggregate purchase price of $8,397.
 
In August 2017 ACM entered into a securities purchase agreement with ZSTVC and its subsidiary Zhangjiang AJ Company Limited (“ZJAJ”), in which ACM agreed to bid, in an auction process mandated by PRC regulations, to purchase ZSTVC’s 7.58% equity interestsinterest in ACM Shanghai and to sell shares of Class A common stock to ZJAJ. On September 8, 2017, ACM issued 787,098 shares of Class A common stock to ZJAJ for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $5,903.
 
In September 2017 ACM issued 133,334 shares of Class A common stock to Ninebell for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $1,000 (note 11)10).
 
In November 2017 ACM issued 2,233,000 shares of Class A common stock and received net proceeds of $11,664 from the IPO and concurrently ACM issued an additional 1,333,334 shares of Class A common stock throughin a private placement for net proceeds of $7,053.
 
In connection withUpon the completion of the IPO on November 2, 2017, the Company issued a five-year warrant (the “Underwriter's Warrant”) to Roth Capital Partners, LLC, the Company'slead underwriter of the IPO, underwriter,for the purchase of up to 80,000 shares ("Underwriter's Warrant") of the Company's Class A common stock at thean exercise price of $6.16.$6.16 per share. The Underwriter'sUnderwriter’s Warrant iswas immediately exercisable and expires on November 1, 2022. The Underwriter's Warrant is equity classified and theits fair value was $137 at the IPO offeringclosing date, using the Black Scholes model with the following assumptions: volatility -of 28.26%, a dividend rate -of 0%, and risk freea risk-free discount rate-rate of 2%.

In September 2017 ACM issued 133,334 shares of Class A common stock to Ninebell for a purchase price of $7.50 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of $1,000 (note 10).
 
At various dates during 2017, ACM issued 472,889 shares of Class A common stock forupon options exercisedexercises by certain employeeemployees and non-employees. During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company issued 265,952 shares of Class A common stock upon options exercises by certain employees and non-employees.
On March 30, 2018, SMC exercised its warrant (note 8) and purchased 397,502 shares of Class A common stock.
 
At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the number of shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding was 12,935,54614,110,315 and 2,228,740,12,935,546, respectively. At December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the number of shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding was 2,409,738.1,898,423 and 2,409,738, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2018, 511,315 shares of Class B common stock were converted into Class A common stock.
 
NOTE 15 – REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
Upon ACM’s redomestication in Delaware in November 2016, ACM had 22,696,467 authorized shares of preferred stock, of which 385,000, 1,572,000, 1,360,962, 2,659,975, 10,718,530, and 6,000,000 shares were designated as Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock, respectively.
In March 2017 ACM entered into a securities purchase agreement, amended in July 2017, with SSTVC pursuant to which, effective as of August 31, 2017, ACM acquired SSTVC’s equity interests in ACM Shanghai for a purchase price of $6,154 (RMB 40,000) and issued to SSTVC 4,998,508 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock for a purchase price of $5,800.
The number of issued and outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock as of December 31, 2017 and 2016 were as follows:
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Series A convertible preferred stock
  - 
  385,000 
Series B convertible preferred stock
  - 
  1,572,000 
Series C convertible preferred stock
  - 
  1,360,962 
Series D convertible preferred stock
  - 
  2,659,975 
Series E convertible preferred stock
  - 
  - 
Series F convertible preferred stock
  - 
  6,000,000 
 
  - 
  11,977,937 
98
Shares of ACM’s convertible preferred stock have rights, preferences and privileges as follows:
Voting Rights
Each share of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock is entitled to a number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which such share can be converted.
Dividends
Holders of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock have a non-cumulative right to participate in and receive the same dividends as may be declared for common stockholders, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, payable out of funds legally available.
Conversion
Each share of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock is convertible at any time, at the option of the holder. At November 3, 2017, the IPO date, each share of Series A, B, E and F convertible preferred stock was convertible into one-third share of Class A common stock, each share of Series C convertible preferred stock was convertible into 0.3544 shares of Class A common stock, and each share of Series D convertible preferred stock was convertible into 0.4562 shares of Class A common stock. All Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock converted automatically into a total of 4,625,577 shares of Class A common stock upon the closing of the IPO. At December 31, 2016, 2,960,968 shares of Class A common stock were reserved for issuance upon conversion of outstanding Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock.
Liquidation Preferences
Holders of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock are entitled to receive specified liquidation amounts in the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ACM or of certain deemed liquidation events. The deemed liquidation events generally include (a) a merger or stock sale after which new stockholders would own a majority of the voting stock of ACM and (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of ACM or a deemed liquidation, the holders of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid, prior to and in preference to the holders of common stock, an amount equal to $0.80, $1.00, $1.50, $3.75, $1.00 and $2.50 per share of Series A through Series F convertible preferred stock, respectively, plus any accumulated and unpaid dividends as of the redemption date.
NOTE 1614 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
 
On April 29, 1998, ACM adopted the 1998 Stock Option Plan (the “1998 Plan”). The options issued under the Plan consisted of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) and nonstatutory stock options (“NSOs”) that should be determined at the time of grant. ISOs could be granted only to employees. NSOs could be granted to employees, directors and consultants. The option price of each ISO and each NSO could not be less than 100% or less than 85% of the fair market value of stock price at the time of grant, respectively. The vesting period was to be determined by the Board of Directors for each grant. The total number of shares of common stock reserved under the 1998 Plan, as amended, was 766,667. If any option granted under the 1998 Plan expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full, the shares of common stock subject to that option would become available for re-grant. At March 3, 2014, the 1998 Plan terminated and no further grants under the 1998 Plan could be made thereunder, although certain previously granted options remained outstanding in accordance with their terms.
 
99
On December 28, 2016, ACM adopted the 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”). Under the 2016 Plan, the aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that may be issued shall equal the sum of (a) 2,333,334 and (b) an annual increase on the first day of each year beginning in 2018 and ending in 2026 equal to the lesser of (i) 4% of the shares of Class A and Class B common stock outstanding (on an as-converted basis) on the last day of the immediately preceding year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as may be determined by the Board. A maximum of 2,333,334 shares is available for issuance as ISOs under the 2016 Plan. Besides the stock options, the 2016 Plan also authorizes issuance of stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, and other share-based and cash awards. The 2016 Plan will terminate on December 27, 2026.
 
Employee Awards
The following table summarizes ACM’sthe Company’s employee share option activities:activities during the year ended December 31, 2018:
 
 
  Number of Option Shares
 
 
  Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
 
  Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
 
  Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
 
 
Number of Option Shares
 
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
  1,500,010 
 $0.48 
 $1.02 
  5.60 
Granted
  1,009,371 
  0.54 
  3.00 
    
Exercised
  (409,004)
  0.42 
  0.75 
    
Expired
  - 
    
Forfeited
  - 
    
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
  2,100,377 
  0.54 
  2.03 
  7.83 
  2,100,377 
 $0.54 
 $2.03 
7.83 years
Granted
  140,002 
  2.28 
  6.75 
    
  140,002 
  2.28 
  6.75 
 
Exercised
  (174,334)
  0.45 
  0.75 
    
  (174,334)
  0.45 
  0.75 
 
Expired
  (3,752)
  0.54 
  3.00 
    
  (3,752)
  0.54 
  3.00 
 
Forfeited
  (16,677)
  0.54 
  3.00 
    
  (16,677)
  0.54 
  3.00 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
  2,045,616 
 $0.66 
 $2.46 
  7.57 
  2,045,616 
  0.66 
  2.46 
7.57 years
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2017
  1,010,313 
    
Granted
  745,700 
  1.52 
  8.12 
 
Exercised
  (151,650)
  0.53 
  2.06 
 
Expired
  (4,622)
  0.55 
  3.00 
 
Forfeited
  (131,639)
  0.97 
  3.87 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
  2,503,405 
  0.91 
  4.09 
7.30 years
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2018
  1,327,189 
    
 

 
During the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, ACM recognized employee stock-based compensation expense of $271$712 and $92,$271, respectively. As of December 31, 2018 and 2017, $2,424 and 2016, $729, and $726, respectively, of total unrecognized employee stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock-based awards were expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.771.62 years and 2.251.77 years, respectively. Total unrecognized compensation cost may be adjusted for future changes in estimated forfeitures.
 
The fair value of each option granted to employee is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions.
 

December 31,  
 2017 2016
Fair value of common share(1)$5.60-7.59 $2.28
Expected term in years(2)6.25 5.75-6.25
Volatility(3)28.62% -29.18% 29.93%
Risk-free interest rate(4)2.21%-2.22% 2.02%-2.32%
Expected dividend(5)0% 0%
100
 December 31,
 2018 2017
Fair value of common share(1)$5.31-13.85 $5.60-7.59
Expected term in years(2)6.25 6.25
Volatility(3)39.14% -43.00% 28.62% -29.18%
Risk-free interest rate(4)2.55%-2.96% 2.21%-2.22%
Expected dividend(5)0% 0%
 
(1)
Common stock value was the close market value on December 31, 2017.2018.
(2)
Expected term of share options is based on the average of the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant according to Staff Accounting Bulletin 110.
(3)
Volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of ACM’s comparable companies in the period equal to the expected term of each grant.
(4)
Risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the share options in effect at the time of grant.
(5)
Expected dividend is assumed to be 0% as ACM has no history or expectation of paying a dividend on its common stock.
 
Non-employee Awards
 
The following table summarizes ACM’sthe Company’s non-employee share option activities:activities during the year ended December 31, 2018:
 

 
 
 
 
Weighted
 
 
Weighted Average
 
 
Number of Option Shares
 
 
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value
 
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term
 

 
Number of
 
 
Average Grant
 
 
Average Exercise
 
 
Remaining
 

 
Option Shares 
 
 
Date Fair Value 
 
 
Price 
 
 
Contractual Term
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2015
  1,533,343 
 $0.48 
 $0.99 
  5.53 
Granted
  415,225 
  0.54 
  3.00 
    
Exercised
  (370,003)
  0.45 
  0.75 
    
Expired
  - 
    
Forfeited
  - 
    
Outstanding at December 31, 2016
  1,578,565 
  0.51 
  1.58 
  6.81 
  1,578,565 
 $0.51 
 $1.58 
 
6.81 years
 
Granted
  196,669 
  2.25
 6.90
    
  196,669 
  2.25 
  6.90 
 
 
 
Exercised
  (298,555)
  0.39 
  0.93 
    
  (298,555)
  0.39 
  0.93 
 
 
 
Expired
  (133,336)
  0.45 
  0.75 
    
  (133,336)
  0.45 
  0.75 
 
 
 
Forfeited
  (16,667)
  2.58 
  7.50 
    
  (16,667)
  2.58 
  7.50 
 
 
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2017
  1,326,676 
  0.78
  2.52
  7.54
  1,326,676 
  0.78 
  2.52 
 
7.54 years
 
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2017
  754,799 
    
Granted
  - 
Exercised
  (114,302)
  0.43 
  1.92 
  - 
Expired
  - 
Forfeited
  - 
Outstanding at December 31, 2018
  1,212,374 
 $0.78 
  2.57 
 
 6.66 years
 
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 2018
  946,691 
    
 
During the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company recognized non-employee stock-based compensation expense of $1,351$2,651 and $291,$1,351, respectively.
 

The fair value of each option granted to non-employees is re-measured at each period end until the vesting date using the Black-Scholes valuation model with the following assumptions:
  

December 31,
December 31,
2017 20162018 2017
Fair value of common share(1)$5.25-7.59 $2.28 $10.88 $5.25-7.59
Expected term in years(2)3.58-6.25 2.11-6.242.58-5.36 3.58-6.25
Volatility(3)28.71%-29.41% 29.93%40.24%-45.48% 28.71-29.41 %
Risk-free interest rate(4)1.62%-2.43% 1.00%-2.25%2.39%-2.94% 1.62%-2.43 %
Expected dividend(5)0% 0%0% 0%
 
101
1.(1)
Common stock value was the close market value on December 31, 2017.2018.
2.
(2)
Expected term of share options is based on the average of the vesting period and the contractual term for each grant according to Staff Accounting Bulletin 110.
3.
(3)
Volatility is calculated based on the historical volatility of ACM’s comparable companies in the period equal to the expected term of each grant.
4.
(4)
Risk-free interest rate is based on the yields of U.S. Treasury securities with maturities similar to the expected term of the share options in effect at the time of grant.
5.
(5)
Expected dividend is assumed to be 0% as ACM has no history or expectation of paying a dividend on its common stock.
 
NOTE 1715 – INCOME TAXES
 
The following represent components of the income tax benefit (expense)expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016:2017:
 
 
Year Ended 
December 31, 
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 2017  
 
 
2016
 
 
 2018 
 
 
 2017 
 
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal
 $- 
 $- 
U.S. state
  - 
  (1)
  - 
Foreign
  - 
  (1,149)
  - 
Total current tax expense
  - 
  (1)
  (1,149)
  - 
Deferred:
    
    
U.S. federal
  - 
  - 
U.S. state
  - 
  - 
Foreign
  (547)
  (594)
  343 
  (547)
Total deferred tax expense
  (547)
  (594)
Total deferred tax income (expense)
  343 
  (547)
Total income tax expense
 $(547)
 $(595)
 $(806)
 $(547)

 
Tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the Company’s deferred tax assets at December 31, 20172018 and 20162017 are presented below:
 
 
 
December 31, 
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss carry forwards (offshore)
 $4,418 
 $1,029 
Net operating loss carry forwards (U.S.) and credit
  683 
  5,815 
Deferred revenue (offshore)
  656 
  840 
Accruals (U.S.)
  18 
  18 
Reserves and other (offshore)
  495 
  43 
Stock-based compensation (U.S.)
  453 
  342 
Property and equipment (U.S.)
  2 
  3 
Total gross deferred tax assets
  6,725 
  8,090 
Less: valuation allowance
  (5,431)
  (6,249)
Total deferred tax assets
  1,294 
  1,841 
Total deferred tax liabilities
  - 
  - 
Translation difference
  - 
  - 
Deferred tax assets, net
 $1,294 
 $1,841 
102
 
 
December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net operating loss carry forwards (offshore)
 $16 
 $4,418 
Net operating loss carry forwards (U.S.) and credit
  4,105 
  683 
Deferred revenue (offshore)
  558 
  656 
Accruals (U.S.)
  11 
  18 
Reserves and other (offshore)
  1,080 
  495 
Stock-based compensation (U.S.)
  1,021 
  453 
Property and equipment (U.S.)
  1 
  2 
Total gross deferred tax assets
  6,792 
  6,725 
Less: valuation allowance
  (5,155)
  (5,431)
Total deferred tax assets
  1,637 
  1,294 
Total deferred tax liabilities
  - 
  - 
Translation difference
  - 
  - 
Deferred tax assets, net
 $1,637 
 $1,294 
 
The Company considers all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become realizable. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities (including the impact of available carryback and carry-forward periods), and projected taxable income in assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets. In making such judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. Based on all available evidence, a partial valuation allowance has been established against some net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, based on estimates of recoverability. While the Company has optimistic plans for its business strategy, it determined that such a valuation allowance was necessary given its historical losses and the uncertainty with respect to its ability to generate sufficient profits from its business model from all tax jurisdictions. In order to fully realize the U.S. deferred tax assets, the Company must generate sufficient taxable income in future periods before the expiration of the deferred tax assets governed by the tax code. The valuation allowance in the U.S. decreased by $278 for the year ended December 31, 2018 and increased $760 for the year ended December 31, 2017 and increased $264 for the year ended December 31, 2016.2017. The valuation allowance in China decreased by $58$2 and $163decreased by $58 during the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, respectively.
 
The Company did not have any significant temporary differences relating to deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 20172018 or 2016.2017.
 
As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company had net operating loss carry-forwards of respectively, $20,116$15,867 and $15,037$20,116 for U.S federal purposes, $536$714 and $204$536 for U.S. state purposes and $6,411 and $6,822 for Chinese income tax purposes. Such losses are set to expire in 2019, 2032, and 20172019 for U.S. federal, U.S. state and Chinese income tax purposes, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company had research credit carry-forwards of $606 for U.S. federal purposes, and $377 for U.S. state purposes. Such credits are set to expire in 2025 for U.S. federal carry-forwards. There is no expiration date for U.S. state carry-forwards.
 
A limitation may apply to the use of the U.S. net operating loss and credit carry-forwards, under provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code that would be applicable if ACM experiences an “ownership change.” Should these limitations apply, the carry-forwards would be subject to an annual limitation, resulting in a substantial reduction in the gross deferred tax assets before considering the valuation allowance. As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company had not performed an analysis to determine if its net operating loss and credit carry-forwards would be subject to such limitations.
 

The Company’s effective tax rate differs from statutory rates of 34%21% for U.S. federal income tax purposes and 15%-25% for Chinese income tax purpose due to the effects of the valuation allowance and certain permanent differences as it pertains to book-tax differences in the value of client shares received for services. Pursuant to the Corporate Income Tax Law of the PRC, all of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries are liable to PRC Corporate Income Taxes at a rate of 25% except for ACM Shanghai. According to Guoshuihan 2009 No. 203, if an entity is certified as an “advanced and new technology enterprise,” it is entitled to a preferential income tax rate of 15%. ACM Shanghai obtained the certificate of “advanced and new technology enterprise” in 2012 and again in 2016 with an effective period of three years, and the provision for PRC corporate income tax for ACM Shanghai is calculated by applying the income tax rate of 15% for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016.
103
2017.
 
Income tax (expense) benefitexpense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 20162017 differed from the amounts computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% and 34%, respectively, to pretax income (loss) as a result of the following:
 
 
 Year ended 
December 31,  
 
 
 Year Ended 
December 31, 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Effective tax rate reconciliation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax provision at statutory rate
  34.00%
  (34.00%)
  21.00%
  34.00%
State taxes, net of Federal benefit
  - 
  - 
Foreign rate differential
  6.8 
  38.7 
  (20.88)
  6.80 
Other permanent difference
  197.7 
  (20.9)
  15.59 
  197.7 
Effect of tax reform
  (757)
  - 
  - 
  (757)
Change in valuation allowance
  349.9 
  (3.8)
  (4.78)
  349.9 
Total income tax (expense) benefit
  (168.60%)
  (20.00%)
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  (10.93%)
  (168.65%)
 
Tax positions are evaluated in a two-step process. The Company first determines whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained upon examination. If a tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold it is then measured to determine the amount of benefit to recognize in the financial statements. The tax position is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The aggregate changes in the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, which excludes interest and penalties, for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, are as follows:
 
 
December 31,
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Beginning balance
 $44 
 $44 
Increase/(Decrease) of unrecognized tax benefits taken in prior years
  - 
  - 
Increase/(Decrease) of unrecognized tax benefits related to current year
  - 
  - 
Increase/(Decreases) of unrecognized tax benefits related to settlements
  - 
  - 
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapsing statute of limitations
  - 
  - 
Ending balance
 $44 
 $44 
 
The Company files income tax returns in the United States, and state and foreign jurisdictions. The federal, state and foreign income tax returns are under the statute of limitations subject to tax examinations for the tax years ended December 31, 2009 through December 31, 2017. To the extent the Company has tax attribute carry-forwards, the tax years in which the attribute was generated may still be adjusted upon examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, state or foreign tax authorities to the extent utilized in a future period.
 
The Company had $44 of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.

 
The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the Company had $44 of accrued penalties and $0$44 of accrued penalties related to uncertain tax positions, none of which has been recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017. There were no ongoing examinations by taxing authorities as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.
104
2017.
 
The Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the PRC earnings outside of the U.S. as of December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016.2017. Thus, deferred taxes are not provided in the U.S. for unremitted earnings in the PRC.
 
On December 22, 2017, the 2017 Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the Tax Act) was enacted into law and the new legislation contains several key tax provisions that affectedaffect us, including a one-time mandatory transition tax on accumulated foreign earnings and a reduction of the corporate income tax rate to 21% effective January 1, 2018, among others. We are required to recognize the effect of the tax law changes in the period of enactment, such as determining the transition tax, remeasuring our U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as reassessing the net realizability of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.
 
NOTE 1816 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
The Company leases offices under non-cancelable operating lease agreements. The rental expenses were $670$1,867 and $675$670 for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, respectively. See note 1312 for future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with initial terms of one year or more.
 
The Company did not have any capital commitments during the reported periods.
 
From time to time the Company is subject to legal proceedings, including claims in the ordinary course of business and claims with respect to patent infringements.
 
NOTE 1917 – RESTRICTED NET ASSETS
In accordance with the PRC’s Foreign Enterprise Law, ACM Shanghai and ACM Wuxi are required to make contributions to a statutory surplus reserve (note 2).
 
As a result of PRC laws and regulations that require annual appropriations of 10% of net after-tax profits to be set aside prior to payment of dividends as a general reserve fund or statutory surplus fund, ACM Shanghai is restricted in its ability to transfer a portion of its net assets to ACM (including any assets received as distributions from ACM Wuxi). Amounts restricted included paid-in capital and statutory reserve funds, as determined pursuant to PRC accounting standards and regulations, were $32,076 and $29,927 as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.
 
NOTE 20– SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On January 12, 2018, ACM Shanghai entered into an operating lease for manufacturing space of approximately 103,318 square feet in Shanghai, China effective as of January 16, 2018.  The lease term is five years and expires on January 15, 2022. During the first year, the lease space is 51,659 square feet with monthly payments of RMB 270 starting from the second month of the lease. From January 16, 2019, the lease space will be increased to 103,318 square feet with monthly payments of RMB 390. The monthly payments for the third and four year is RMB 409 and RMB 430 for the fifth year.
On January 25, 2018, the Company’s board approved a total of 500,000 shares of stock options to its employees and consultants at the exercise price of $5.31 per share
NOTE 2118 – PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiaries in accordance with Rule 4-08(e)(3) of Regulation S-X of the SEC and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial information for ACM only. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. The footnote disclosure contains supplemental information relating to the operations of ACM separately.
 
ACM’s subsidiaries did not pay any dividends to ACM during the periods presented.
 
ACM did not have significant capital or other commitments, long-term obligations, or guarantees as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016.2017.
 
105

 
The following represents condensed unconsolidated financial information of ACM only as of and for the years ended December 31, 20172018 and 2016:2017:
 
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
December 31, 
 
 
December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents
 $10,874 
 $7,264 
 $13,161 
 $10,874 
Accounts Receivable
  118 
  - 
  983 
  118 
Inventory
  565 
  1,042 
  720 
  565 
Due from intercompany
  12,669 
  1,986 
  14,494 
  12,669 
Other receivable
  50 
  3 
  175 
  50 
Total current assets
  24,276 
  10,295 
  29,533 
  24,276 
Investment in unconsolidated subsidiaries
  15,476 
  6,583 
  26,861 
  15,476 
Due from related party
  946 
  - 
  - 
  946 
Total assets
  40,698 
  16,878 
  56,394 
  40,698 
Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity
    
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
    
Notes payable
  11 
  11 
  - 
  11 
Accounts payable
  739 
  1,176 
  2,818 
  739 
Other payable
  47 
  47 
  58 
  47 
Income taxes payable
  44 
  44 
  1,193 
  44 
Total liabilities
  841 
  1,278 
  4,069 
  841 
Total redeemable convertible preferred stocks
  - 
  18,034 
  - 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)
  39,857 
  (2,434)
Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity
 $40,698 
 $16,878 
Total stockholders’ equity
  52,325 
  39,857 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 $56,394 
 $40,698 
 
CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Revenue
 $6,985 
 $5,803 
 $25,506 
 $6,985 
Cost of revenue
  (6,394)
  (5,346)
  (23,927)
  (6,394)
Gross profit
  591 
  457 
  1,579 
  591 
Operating expenses:
    
    
Sales and marketing expenses
  (368)
  (64)
  (301)
  (368)
General and administrative expenses
  (3,961)
  (1,202)
  (5,083)
  (3,961)
Research and development expenses
  (50)
  (6)
  (255)
  (50)
Loss from operations
  (3,788)
  (815)
  (4,060)
  (3,788)
Equity in earnings of unconsolidated subsidiaries
  3,475 
  3,561 
  10,360 
  3,475 
Other income (expense), net
  - 
  (1,608)
  108 
  - 
Interest expense, net
  (5)
  (106)
  166 
  (5)
Income (loss) before income taxes
  (318)
  1,032 
  6,574 
  (318)
Income tax expense (benefit)
  - 
  (1)
  - 
Net income (loss)
 $(318)
 $1,031 
 $6,574 
 $(318)
 

106

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
 
 
Year Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2018
 
 
2017
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 $(1,189)
 $(13,848)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
  946 
  (21,754)
Net cash provided by financing activities
  3,510 
  38,676 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  3,267 
  3,074 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
  10,874 
  7,264 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  (980)
  536 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
 $13,161 
 $10,874 
 
 
 
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2017
 
 
2016
 
Net cash used in operating activities
 $(13,848)
 $(2,220)
Net cash used in investing activities
  (21,754)
  -
 
Net cash provided by financing activities
 38,676
  9,309 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  3,074 
  7,089 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
  7,264 
  504 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  536 
  (329)
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
 $10,874 
 $7,264 
 
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
     
None.
 
ITEM

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
  
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 (e) and 15d-14 (e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, as of December 31, 2017.2018. The evaluation included certain internal control areas in which we have made and are continuing to make changes to improve and enhance controls. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
 
Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SECSecurities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
This report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
Previously Identified Material Weaknesses in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our managementManagement is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for our company. Internalas defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a company's principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the company's board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP, and includes those policies and procedures that:
● 
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company;
● 
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generallygeneral accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and
● 
provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
107
principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its assessment, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2018.
This report does not include an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for “emerging growth companies.”
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting and Remediation Efforts
During year ended December 31, 2018, no changes, other than those in conjunction with certain remediation efforts described below, were identified to our internal control over financial reporting that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
In connection with its audits of our consolidated financial statements as of, and for the year ended, December 31, 2016,2017, BDO China Shu Lun Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP or BDO China, informed us that it had identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our lack of sufficient qualified financial reporting and accounting personnel with an appropriate level of expertise to properly address complex accounting issues under GAAP and to prepare and review our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures to fulfill GAAP and SECSecurities and Exchange Commission financial reporting requirements. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies,

In the nine months ended September 30, 2018, we hired additional accounting and finance personnel and engaged outside consulting firms in order to improve our internal control over the financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.process.
 
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer, who is our principal executive officer, and our Chief Accounting Officer and interim Chief Financial Officer, who is our principal financial officer, assessedWe will continue to monitor the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (2013). As of, and during the year ended, December 31, 2017, we considered we were still in a transitional periodwill seek to improveemploy any additional tools and resources deemed necessary to enhance the quality of our accounting and financial reporting function, we determined that the above mentioned material weakness had not been fully remediated. Management concluded that, as of December 31, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective.reporting.
 
Remediation EffortsPART III
 
We have taken, and are continuing to take, remedial measures to improve the effectiveness of our controls, including by hiring additional accounting and finance personnel and by engaging outside consulting firms. In particular, in January 2018 we hired a new Chief Accounting Officer. Because the employment of our former Chief Financial Officer terminated in January 2018, our new Chief Accounting Officer is also serving as interim Chief Financial Officer while we conduct a search for a permanent Chief Financial Officer. We are continuing to add personnel and take other remedial steps, and management expects to remedy the identified material weakness by no later than the second quarter of 2018.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
108
PART III
ITEMItem 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to ACM’s definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2018 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
 
Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.
 
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder MattersItem 11. Executive Compensation
 
Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference toour definitive proxy statement with respect to our 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year coveredby this report.
 
ITEM 13.Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain RelationshipsBeneficial Owners and Management and Related Transactions, and Director IndependenceStockholder Matters
 
Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference toour definitive proxy statement with respect to our 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year coveredby this report.
 
ITEM 14. Principal Accounting FeesItem 13. Certain Relationships and ServicesRelated Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Information responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference toour definitive proxy statement with respect to our 20182019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year coveredby this report.
 
PART IVItem 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
 
ITEMInformation responsive to this item is incorporated herein by reference to our definitive proxy statement with respect to our 2019 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this report.

PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
 
(a) 
See “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data─Data – Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” above and “Exhibit Index” below.
 
(b)            
See “Exhibit Index” below.Exhibits.
(c)            
None.
ITEM 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
109
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
Exhibit No.
 
Description
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of ACM Research, Inc.
Restated Bylaws of ACM Research, Inc.
4.01#Warrant dated March 14, 2017 issued by ACM Research, Inc. to Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership
4.02#
Form of Warrant dated November 2, 2017 issued to the underwriters of ACM Research, Inc.'s initial public offering exercisable for an aggregate of 80,000 shares of Class A common stock
4.02
Senior Secured Promissory Note dated March 30, 2018 issued by Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership to ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc.
4.03
Intercompany Promissory Note dated March 30, 2018 issued by ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. to ACM Research, Inc.
Lease dated March 22, 2017 between ACM Research, Inc. and D&J Construction, Inc.
10.01(b)
Lease Amendment dated February 28, 2018 between ACM Research, Inc. and D&J Construction, Inc.
Lease Amendment dated September 6, 2016February 4, 2019 between ACM Research, Inc. and D&J Construction, Inc.
10.02
Lease Agreement dated April 26, 2018 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Shanghai Zhangjiang Group Co., Ltd.
10.03
10.03#UnderwritingLease Agreement dated November 2, 2017January 18, 2018 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Roth Capital Partners, LLC, as representative of the several underwriters named on Schedule I thereto
Shanghai Shengyu Culture Development Co., Ltd.
Securities Purchase Agreement dated March 14, 2017 by and among ACM Research, Inc., Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership and ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc.
Securities Purchase Agreement dated March 23, 2017 between ACM Research, Inc. and Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd., as amended
Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 2017 by and among ACM Research, Inc., Shanghai Pudong High-Tech Investment Co., Ltd. and Pudong Science and Technology (Cayman) Co., Ltd.
Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 31, 2017 by and among ACM Research, Inc., Shanghai Zhangjiang Science & Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd. and Zhangjiang AJ Company Limited
Ordinary Share Purchase Agreement dated September 6, 2017 by and among ACM Research, Inc., Ninebell Co., Ltd. and Moon-Soo Choi
Class A Common Stock Purchase Agreement dated September 6, 2017 by and among ACM Research, Inc., Ninebell Co., Ltd. and Moon-Soo Choi
Form of Second Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement to be entered into between ACM Research, Inc. and certain of its stockholders
110
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 11, 2017, by and among ACM Research, Inc., Xunxin (Shanghai) Capital Co., Limited, Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Limited and David H. Wang
 
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated October 16, 2017, by and between ACM Research, Inc. and Victorious Way Limited
 
Nomination and Voting Agreement, dated October 11, 2017, by and among Xinxin (Hongkong) Capital Co., Limited, ACM Research, Inc., David H. Wang, and the individuals named therein
 
Voting Agreement, dated March 23, 2017, by and among Shanghai Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd. (also known as Shanghai Science and Technology Venture Capital Co., Ltd.) and ACM Research, Inc.
 
2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan of ACM Research, Inc.

Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Grant Notice and Agreement under 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Agreement under 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan
 
Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement of ACM Research, Inc.
 
1998 Stock Option Plan of ACM Research, Inc.
 
Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
 
Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement under 1998 Stock Option Plan
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into between ACM Research, Inc. and certain of its directors and officers
 
Executive Retention Agreement dated November 14, 2016 between ACM Research, Inc. and Min Xu
10.20+
 
Advisory Board Agreement dated May 1, 2016 by and between ACM Research, Inc. and Chenming Hu
10.21Line of Credit Agreement dated January 19, 2018 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Shanghai Rural Commercial Bank
10.22
Line of Credit Agreement dated February 2, 2018 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Bank of Shanghai Pudong Branch
10.23
 
Line of Credit Agreement dated August 21, 2017 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Shanghai Pudong Development Zone Branch of Bank of China Limited
Line of Credit Agreement dated August 21, 201724, 2018 between ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc. and Bank of China Shanghai Co., Ltd. Pudong Branch
10.24
 
Advisory Board Agreement dated May 1, 2016 by and between ACM Research, Inc. and Chenming Hu
10.25
Warrant Exercise Agreement dated March 30, 2018 by and among ACM Research, Inc., ACM Research (Shanghai), Inc., and Shengxin (Shanghai) Management Consulting Limited Partnership
21.01
 
List of Subsidiaries of ACM Research, Inc.
 
Consent of BDO China Shu Lan Pan Certified Public Accountants LLP
31.01
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.02
 
Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.01
 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
 
____________________
# Previously filed.
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
 
 
111
Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURESSIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, as of March 22, 2018.14, 2019.
 
 ACM RESEARCH, INC. 
    

By:  
/s/ David H. Wang
 
  David H. Wang  
  Chief Executive Officer and President  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 22, 2018:14, 2019:
 
Signature
 
Title
 
 
 
/s/ /s/ David H. Wang
 
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
David H. Wang
 
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
 
 
/s/ Lisa Feng
 
Interim Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
Lisa Feng
 
Interim Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Accounting Officer)
 
 
 
/s/ Haiping Dun
 
Director
Haiping Dun
 
Director
/s/ Chenming Hu
Chenming Hu
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Tracy Liu
 
Director
Tracy Liu
 
Director
 /s/ Yinan Xiang
Yinan Xiang
Director
 
 
 
/s/ Yinan Xiang
Zhengfan Yang
  Zhengfan Yang
 
Director
 Yinan Xiang
 
 
 
 
112102